Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Dynamic Programming

291 missions · 169 completed

Missions

Open122Completed169All291
🏆Completed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Control of Markov Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Matrices 1: Perfect Duality and the Robust Dynamic Programming Recursion for Finite-Horizon MDPsResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) is solved by dynamic programming once its transition probabilities are known. In practice they are estimated from data, and the optimal policy of an MDP can be sensitive to estimation error: a policy computed from point estimates may perform much worse under the true transition matrices. Nilim and El Ghaoui (Oper. Res. 53(5), 2005) study the robust version of the problem, in which the controller minimises the worst-case expected cost when the transition matrices are only known to lie in given uncertainty sets, and motivate it with aircraft routing under uncertain weather.

Earlier work on MDPs with uncertain transition probabilities includes Satia and Lave (1973) and White and Eldeib (1994), which treat interval and set-valued transition models, and Givan, Leach and Dean (1997) on bounded-parameter MDPs. The robust Bellman recursion under a rectangularity assumption was obtained independently by Iyengar (Columbia technical report 2002, published as Robust dynamic programming, Math. Oper. Res. 30(2), 2005). This mission targets the finite-horizon result of Nilim and El Ghaoui: Theorem 1, which shows that the robust problem is solved by a recursion of the same shape as the nominal one and that the associated min–max game has a value.

Setting

The states form a finite set X={1,…,n}\mathcal X=\{1,\dots,n\}X={1,…,n}, the decision horizon is T={0,1,…,N−1}T=\{0,1,\dots,N-1\}T={0,1,…,N−1}, and the action set A\mathcal AA is finite, nonempty and the same in every state. Costs are ct(i,a)≥0c_t(i,a)\ge0ct​(i,a)≥0 for t∈Tt\in Tt∈T, and there is a terminal cost cN(i)c_N(i)cN​(i). The system starts in a given state i0i_0i0​.

Write Δn={p∈R+n:pT1=1}\Delta_n=\{p\in\mathbb R^n_+ : p^{\mathsf T}\mathbf 1=1\}Δn​={p∈R+n​:pT1=1} for the probability simplex. For every action aaa and state iii, a nonempty set Pia⊆Δn\mathcal P_i^a\subseteq\Delta_nPia​⊆Δn​ describes the possible iii-th rows of the transition matrix under aaa. No convexity or closedness is assumed. The rectangular uncertainty property says the uncertainty set of the matrix PaP^aPa is the product Pa=P1a×⋯×Pna\mathcal P^a=\mathcal P_1^a\times\cdots\times\mathcal P_n^aPa=P1a​×⋯×Pna​.

A controller policy π=(a0,…,aN−1)\pi=(\mathbf a_0,\dots,\mathbf a_{N-1})π=(a0​,…,aN−1​) consists of maps at:X→A\mathbf a_t:\mathcal X\to\mathcal Aat​:X→A, and Π=AnN\Pi=\mathcal A^{nN}Π=AnN is the set of such policies. A policy of nature τ=(Pta)a∈A,t∈T\tau=(P_t^a)_{a\in\mathcal A,t\in T}τ=(Pta​)a∈A,t∈T​ picks, for every stage, action and state, a row pia(t)∈Piap_i^a(t)\in\mathcal P_i^apia​(t)∈Pia​. The admissible set is T=(⨂aPa)N\mathcal T=(\bigotimes_a\mathcal P^a)^NT=(⨂a​Pa)N, so nature may change the matrices from stage to stage. The expected total cost is

CN(π,τ)=E(∑t=0N−1ct(it,at(it))+cN(iN)),C_N(\pi,\tau)=\mathbf E\Big(\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}c_t(i_t,\mathbf a_t(i_t))+c_N(i_N)\Big),CN​(π,τ)=E(t=0∑N−1​ct​(it​,at​(it​))+cN​(iN​)),

where the state iti_tit​ evolves as a Markov chain with transition matrix Ptat(i)P_t^{\mathbf a_t(i)}Ptat​(i)​ from state iii. The support function of a set P\mathcal PP is σP(v)=sup⁡{pTv:p∈P}\sigma_{\mathcal P}(v)=\sup\{p^{\mathsf T}v : p\in\mathcal P\}σP​(v)=sup{pTv:p∈P}. The robust recursion (7) starts from vN=cNv_N=c_NvN​=cN​ and sets

vt(i)=min⁡a∈A(ct(i,a)+σPia(vt+1)),v_t(i)=\min_{a\in\mathcal A}\big(c_t(i,a)+\sigma_{\mathcal P_i^a}(v_{t+1})\big),vt​(i)=a∈Amin​(ct​(i,a)+σPia​​(vt+1​)),

and for a fixed π\piπ the evaluation recursion (10) starts from vNπ=cNv_N^\pi=c_NvNπ​=cN​ and sets vtπ(i)=ct(i,at(i))+σPiat(i)(vt+1π)v_t^\pi(i)=c_t(i,\mathbf a_t(i))+\sigma_{\mathcal P_i^{\mathbf a_t(i)}}(v_{t+1}^\pi)vtπ​(i)=ct​(i,at​(i))+σPiat​(i)​​(vt+1π​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (Robust Dynamic Programming)

min⁡π∈Πsup⁡τ∈TCN(π,τ)=v0(i0)=sup⁡τ∈Tmin⁡π∈ΠCN(π,τ),\min_{\pi\in\Pi}\sup_{\tau\in\mathcal T}C_N(\pi,\tau)=v_0(i_0)=\sup_{\tau\in\mathcal T}\min_{\pi\in\Pi}C_N(\pi,\tau),π∈Πmin​τ∈Tsup​CN​(π,τ)=v0​(i0​)=τ∈Tsup​π∈Πmin​CN​(π,τ),

together with three further statements. First, sup⁡τCN(π,τ)=v0π(i0)\sup_{\tau}C_N(\pi,\tau)=v_0^\pi(i_0)supτ​CN​(π,τ)=v0π​(i0​) for every π\piπ. Second, every policy that chooses actions attaining the minimum in (7) (rule (8)) achieves v0(i0)v_0(i_0)v0​(i0​) in the worst case. Third, every nature policy whose rows attain the suprema σPia(vt+1)\sigma_{\mathcal P_i^a}(v_{t+1})σPia​​(vt+1​) (rule (9)) forces the value v0(i0)v_0(i_0)v0​(i0​) on every controller.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1: a problem max⁡qTv0\max q^{\mathsf T}v_0maxqTv0​ subject to vt≤gt(vt+1)v_t\le g_t(v_{t+1})vt​≤gt​(vt+1​) with monotone gtg_tgt​ and q≥0q\ge0q≥0 is solved by the recursion vt=gt(vt+1)v_t=g_t(v_{t+1})vt​=gt​(vt+1​).
  2. Support functions of nonempty subsets of Δn\Delta_nΔn​ are componentwise nondecreasing.
  3. The constraint maps of problems (15) and (16) are componentwise nondecreasing.
  4. Eq. (14): for fixed π\piπ and fixed matrices, CN(π,τ)C_N(\pi,\tau)CN​(π,τ) is the value of a linear program.
  5. Eq. (16): sup⁡τ∈TCN(π,τ)=v0π(i0)\sup_{\tau\in\mathcal T}C_N(\pi,\tau)=v_0^\pi(i_0)supτ∈T​CN​(π,τ)=v0π​(i0​).
  6. Eq. (15): sup⁡τ∈Tmin⁡πCN(π,τ)=v0(i0)\sup_{\tau\in\mathcal T}\min_{\pi}C_N(\pi,\tau)=v_0(i_0)supτ∈T​minπ​CN​(π,τ)=v0​(i0​).

Significance

Theorem 1 shows that, under rectangular uncertainty, robustness costs one inner optimisation per state and action: the expected continuation cost pTvt+1p^{\mathsf T}v_{t+1}pTvt+1​ of nominal dynamic programming is replaced by the support function σPia(vt+1)\sigma_{\mathcal P_i^a}(v_{t+1})σPia​​(vt+1​). The equality of the min–max and max–min values says that it does not matter whether nature commits before or after the controller. The optimal controller policy remains deterministic and Markov. The later sections of the paper build on this recursion. They cover the discounted infinite-horizon case, the gap between stationary and time-varying uncertainty, and the computation of σ\sigmaσ for likelihood and entropy models, which the other missions of this series formalize.

The result is proved in the paper, and independently by Iyengar. It has no machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of. A formal proof yields a reusable development: a finite-horizon MDP with a forward-defined expected cost, the link between that expectation and backward linear programs, and the finite-horizon robust Bellman equation for arbitrary nonempty uncertainty sets.

Difficulty

The nominal Bellman recursion is standard. The robust statement is harder than "apply the nominal recursion under the worst matrix", because no single worst matrix need exist. The sets Pia\mathcal P_i^aPia​ are neither closed nor convex, so the suprema in σ\sigmaσ need not be attained, and T\mathcal TT is not compact. Minimax theorems for convex–concave or compact games therefore do not apply. The expected cost is defined forward, as an expectation over a Markov chain, while the recursions run backward, and connecting the two is part of the work. The max–min side needs nature policies that come within any tolerance of the value simultaneously at every stage, state and action.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin n and stages Fin N. Values v0,…,vNv_0,\dots,v_Nv0​,…,vN​ are indexed by natural numbers, and only t≤Nt\le Nt≤N is meaningful. Vectors are Fin n → ℝ with the componentwise order.
  • The model is a structure holding the costs (ct≥0c_t\ge0ct​≥0), the terminal cost (no sign assumed), and the row sets. Every row set must be nonempty and contained in stdSimplex ℝ (Fin n). Nonemptiness is implicit in the paper: without it T\mathcal TT is empty, and a real supremum over an empty index is 000.
  • Rectangularity is built in: a nature policy is a function τ(t,a,i)\tau(t,a,i)τ(t,a,i) with τ(t,a,i)∈Pia\tau(t,a,i)\in\mathcal P_i^aτ(t,a,i)∈Pia​. Nature does not observe the realised trajectory, and stationary nature (Ts\mathcal T_sTs​) is not the set used here.
  • CNC_NCN​ is defined by the forward state distribution, not by a backward recursion. Defining it backward would make the evaluation statements hold by definition, which is the trivializing formalization this choice rules out.
  • σP\sigma_{\mathcal P}σP​ is the real sSup of {pTv}\{p^{\mathsf T}v\}{pTv}. This is the true supremum because the set is nonempty and bounded above by max⁡jvj\max_j v_jmaxj​vj​.
  • Maxima over nature are suprema: ⨆ τ in the goal and IsLUB in the milestones, because the row sets need not be closed. Minima over the finite nonempty Π\PiΠ and over A\mathcal AA are ⨅. The argmax rule (9) is stated only for nature policies attaining the row suprema. The argmin rule (8) is stated for every attaining policy.
  • The terminal value vN=cNv_N=c_NvN​=cN​ is not printed in Theorem 1. It is taken from the proof and from Step 1 of the paper's algorithm (p. 785). The composition g1∘⋯∘gNg_1\circ\cdots\circ g_Ng1​∘⋯∘gN​ in Lemma 1 is read as g0∘⋯∘gN−1g_0\circ\cdots\circ g_{N-1}g0​∘⋯∘gN−1​.
  • Not included: Corollary 1 (the sequential game) and the accuracy part of Theorem 2. Contributions of either as additional theorems on these definitions are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust Control of Markov Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Matrices, Operations Research 53(5):780–798, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2):257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • J. K. Satia, R. E. Lave, Markovian Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Probabilities, Operations Research 21(3):728–740, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • C. C. White, H. K. Eldeib, Markov Decision Processes with Imprecise Transition Probabilities, Operations Research 42(4):739–749, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.42.4.739
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Integrating Replenishment Decisions with Advance Demand Information I: The Myopic Order-Up-To Level Is Optimal When Observed Demand Beyond the Protection Period Is LargeResearch Paper

Motivation

Many firms learn part of future demand before it has to be served: customers place orders days or weeks ahead of the date they need the goods, or commit to delivery dates in contracts. Advance demand information of this kind reduces the uncertainty the inventory manager has to protect against, and the question is how replenishment decisions should use it. Gallego and Özer (Management Science 47(10), 2001) model orders placed up to NNN periods ahead and a supply lead time LLL. They show that, with a fixed ordering cost, the classical (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) structure survives with parameters that depend on the observed future demand, and they identify when that dependence disappears.

The classical theory this builds on is the finite-horizon inventory model with a set-up cost. Scarf (1960) introduced KKK-convexity to prove that (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policies are optimal there. Veinott (1966) and Iglehart (1963) bounded the optimal policy parameters by myopic quantities. Gallego and Özer extend both results to a state that carries a vector of observed demands.

Setting

Periods are t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T. In period ttt customers place orders Dt=(Dt,t,…,Dt,t+N)D_t = (D_{t,t}, \dots, D_{t,t+N})Dt​=(Dt,t​,…,Dt,t+N​) for periods t,…,t+Nt, \dots, t+Nt,…,t+N; DtD_tDt​ is a random vector with law μt\mu_tμt​ and nonnegative components. The lead time LLL and the information horizon NNN satisfy N>L+1N > L+1N>L+1; write M=N−L−1≥1M = N - L - 1 \ge 1M=N−L−1≥1. The state at the start of period ttt is a pair (xt,ot)(x_t, o_t)(xt​,ot​): the modified inventory position xt∈Rx_t \in \mathbb{R}xt​∈R, and the vector

ot=(ot,t+L+1,…,ot,t+N−1)∈RMo_t = (o_{t,t+L+1}, \dots, o_{t,t+N-1}) \in \mathbb{R}^Mot​=(ot,t+L+1​,…,ot,t+N−1​)∈RM

of demands already observed for the periods beyond the protection period t,…,t+Lt, \dots, t+Lt,…,t+L.

The manager raises xtx_txt​ to an order-up-to level y≥xty \ge x_ty≥xt​, paying a set-up cost Kt>0K_t > 0Kt​>0 if y>xty > x_ty>xt​. After DtD_tDt​ is observed, the state moves to

xt+1=y−∑s=tt+L+1Dt,s−ot,t+L+1,ot+1,s=ot,s+Dt,s  (s=t+L+2,…,t+N),x_{t+1} = y - \sum_{s=t}^{t+L+1} D_{t,s} - o_{t,t+L+1},\qquad o_{t+1,s} = o_{t,s} + D_{t,s}\ \ (s = t+L+2,\dots,t+N),xt+1​=y−s=t∑t+L+1​Dt,s​−ot,t+L+1​,ot+1,s​=ot,s​+Dt,s​  (s=t+L+2,…,t+N),

with ot,t+N=0o_{t,t+N} = 0ot,t+N​=0. With a convex single-period cost GtG_tGt​, discount factors αt>0\alpha_t > 0αt​>0 and δ(z)=1{z>0}\delta(z) = \mathbf 1\{z > 0\}δ(z)=1{z>0}, the optimal cost satisfies JT+1≡0J_{T+1} \equiv 0JT+1​≡0 and

Jt(x,o)=min⁡y≥x{Ktδ(y−x)+Vt(y,o)},Vt(y,o)=Gt(y)+αt+1 E Jt+1(xt+1,ot+1).J_t(x, o) = \min_{y \ge x}\{K_t\delta(y - x) + V_t(y, o)\},\qquad V_t(y, o) = G_t(y) + \alpha_{t+1}\,\mathbb E\,J_{t+1}(x_{t+1}, o_{t+1}).Jt​(x,o)=y≥xmin​{Kt​δ(y−x)+Vt​(y,o)},Vt​(y,o)=Gt​(y)+αt+1​EJt+1​(xt+1​,ot+1​).

Let Ht(x,o)=Kt+min⁡y≥xVt(y,o)−Vt(x,o)H_t(x, o) = K_t + \min_{y\ge x}V_t(y,o) - V_t(x,o)Ht​(x,o)=Kt​+miny≥x​Vt​(y,o)−Vt​(x,o). The order-up-to level St(o)S_t(o)St​(o) is the least minimizer of Vt(⋅,o)V_t(\cdot, o)Vt​(⋅,o), and the reorder point is st(o)=max⁡{x:Ht(x,o)≤0}s_t(o) = \max\{x : H_t(x,o) \le 0\}st​(o)=max{x:Ht​(x,o)≤0}.

A function ggg is (a,b)(a,b)(a,b)-convex, g∈C(a,b)g \in C(a,b)g∈C(a,b), if g(θx1+(1−θ)x2)≤θ(a+g(x1))+(1−θ)(b+g(x2))g(\theta x_1 + (1-\theta)x_2) \le \theta(a + g(x_1)) + (1-\theta)(b + g(x_2))g(θx1​+(1−θ)x2​)≤θ(a+g(x1​))+(1−θ)(b+g(x2​)) for all x1≤x2x_1 \le x_2x1​≤x2​ and θ∈[0,1]\theta \in [0,1]θ∈[0,1]; C(0,K)C(0,K)C(0,K) is Scarf's KKK-convexity. In the stationary problem Gt=GG_t = GGt​=G, Kt=KK_t = KKt​=K, αt=α\alpha_t = \alphaαt​=α and μt=ν\mu_t = \nuμt​=ν, and the myopic levels are

Sm=min⁡{y:G(y)≤G(x) ∀x},sm=max⁡{y≤Sm:G(y)≥K+G(Sm)},S‾=inf⁡{y>Sm:G(y)>G(Sm)+αK}.S^m = \min\{y : G(y) \le G(x)\ \forall x\},\quad s^m = \max\{y \le S^m : G(y) \ge K + G(S^m)\},\quad \overline S = \inf\{y > S^m : G(y) > G(S^m) + \alpha K\}.Sm=min{y:G(y)≤G(x) ∀x},sm=max{y≤Sm:G(y)≥K+G(Sm)},S=inf{y>Sm:G(y)>G(Sm)+αK}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 1350)

For the stationary problem, every 1≤t≤T1 \le t \le T1≤t≤T and every observed-demand vector ot≥0o_t \ge 0ot​≥0,

ot,t+L+1≥S‾−sm  ⟹  St(ot)=Sm.o_{t,t+L+1} \ge \overline S - s^m \implies S_t(o_t) = S^m.ot,t+L+1​≥S−sm⟹St​(ot​)=Sm.

Only the observed demand for the first period beyond the protection period is compared with the threshold; the other components of oto_tot​ are free.

Milestones

  • Lemma 1, Parts 1, 2, 4, 5 (p. 1349): inclusion, positive combinations, expectations, and g(max⁡(x,s))g(\max(x,s))g(max(x,s)) for (a,b)(a,b)(a,b)-convex functions.
  • Lemma 2 and Corollary 1 (p. 1350): for V∈C(0,K)V \in C(0,K)V∈C(0,K) with a minimizer SSS, HHH changes sign once from −-− to +++, and (for continuous VVV) J(x)=V(max⁡(s,x))J(x) = V(\max(s,x))J(x)=V(max(s,x)).
  • Theorem 1, Parts 1–3 (p. 1350): Vt(⋅,ot)∈C(0,Kt)V_t(\cdot, o_t) \in C(0, K_t)Vt​(⋅,ot​)∈C(0,Kt​) is coercive, a state-dependent (st(ot),St(ot))(s_t(o_t), S_t(o_t))(st​(ot​),St​(ot​)) policy is optimal, and Jt(⋅,ot)∈C(0,Kt)J_t(\cdot, o_t) \in C(0, K_t)Jt​(⋅,ot​)∈C(0,Kt​) with its limits at ±∞\pm\infty±∞.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 1351): Sm≤St(ot)≤S‾S^m \le S_t(o_t) \le \overline SSm≤St​(ot​)≤S and sm≤st(ot)s^m \le s_t(o_t)sm≤st​(ot​).

Significance

Theorem 1 says that advance demand information does not destroy the (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) structure: the optimal policy is still a reorder point and an order-up-to level, now functions of oto_tot​. Theorem 2 is a horizon result. Once enough demand is already booked for period t+L+1t+L+1t+L+1, the order-up-to level is the myopic one, computed from GGG alone, and the rest of the information vector can be ignored. The threshold S‾−sm\overline S - s^mS−sm grows with the set-up cost. In practice the manager then orders only to cover demand up to period t+Lt+Lt+L, knowing another order will be placed in period t+1t+1t+1, and the search for state-dependent policies is confined to states with little booked demand.

The results are proved in the paper, with some steps argued informally (the unit forward difference in Lemma 3, a minimum over an open set in the definition of S‾\overline SS). As far as the platform's catalog shows, no (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) optimality theorem of this form has a machine-checked proof: the platform has KKK-convexity lemmas for a single constant, not for (a,b)(a,b)(a,b)-convexity or a dynamic program with a vector state. A formal proof would check the infinite-state induction and the conditions under which the expectation in (9) is finite. The (a,b)(a,b)(a,b)-convexity layer and the one-period results (Lemma 2, Corollary 1) are reusable for any set-up cost model.

Difficulty

The obvious induction proves KKK-convexity of VtV_tVt​ and then applies Scarf's argument. The vector state makes each step conditional on facts the scalar case gets for free. The expectation in (9) mixes a random shift of xxx with a random update of ooo, so preserving KKK-convexity needs Lemma 1, Part 4 rather than the scalar version. Coercivity and continuity of Vt(⋅,o)V_t(\cdot, o)Vt​(⋅,o), and measurability and integrability of D↦Jt+1(xt+1,ot+1)D \mapsto J_{t+1}(x_{t+1}, o_{t+1})D↦Jt+1​(xt+1​,ot+1​), must be carried through the induction jointly in (x,o)(x, o)(x,o). They cannot be assumed.

For Theorem 2, VtV_tVt​ is not a function of GGG alone, and a comparison of St(ot)S_t(o_t)St​(ot​) with SmS^mSm has to control EJt+1\mathbb E J_{t+1}EJt+1​. That requires the lower bound sm≤st+1(ot+1)s^m \le s_{t+1}(o_{t+1})sm≤st+1​(ot+1​) at the next period, which holds only on the nonnegative state space.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated about the functional equation (8)–(9). The paper derives it in Appendix A from a control problem over history-dependent policies, citing Özer (2000); that reduction is out of scope. The demand vector is Fin (L + M + 2) → ℝ and ooo is Fin M → ℝ, with component jjj equal to ot,t+L+1+jo_{t,t+L+1+j}ot,t+L+1+j​. JJJ is defined by backward recursion, minima over y≥xy \ge xy≥x are infima over {y:x≤y}\{y : x \le y\}{y:x≤y}, and expectations are Bochner integrals. GtG_tGt​ is an abstract primitive, not built from holding and penalty costs.

The paper's hypotheses are GtG_tGt​ convex with Gt(y)→∞G_t(y) \to \inftyGt​(y)→∞ as ∣y∣→∞|y| \to \infty∣y∣→∞ (stated for G~t\widetilde G_tGt​, used for GtG_tGt​), Kt>0K_t > 0Kt​>0 (Section 4), and αt+1Kt+1≤Kt\alpha_{t+1}K_{t+1} \le K_tαt+1​Kt+1​≤Kt​. The formalization adds hypotheses the paper uses without stating:

  • positive discount factors;
  • demands nonnegative almost surely;
  • every demand component has a finite mean, and ∣Gt(y)∣≤at+bt∣y∣|G_t(y)| \le a_t + b_t|y|∣Gt​(y)∣≤at​+bt​∣y∣ (so the expectation in (9) is finite);
  • continuity of VVV in the abstract Corollary 1;
  • nonnegative observed demands oto_tot​ in Lemma 3 and Theorem 2, where the lower bound fails for negative ot,t+L+1o_{t,t+L+1}ot,t+L+1​.

All hypotheses are placed on the primitives; nothing is assumed about the derived VtV_tVt​ or JtJ_tJt​. A Solutions/verification instance (G(y)=∣y∣G(y) = |y|G(y)=∣y∣, K=1K = 1K=1, α=1/2\alpha = 1/2α=1/2, zero demand) shows these hypotheses can be met together.

The definition of S‾\overline SS is read as an infimum: the paper prints a minimum over an open set. St(ot)S_t(o_t)St​(ot​) and st(ot)s_t(o_t)st​(ot​) appear through IsLeast and IsGreatest, never as sInf/sSup values. A default value therefore cannot satisfy a conclusion, and vacuous readings (an empty minimizer set, an unbounded reorder set) are excluded. The infinite-horizon results (Lemma 4, Theorem 3, Corollary 2) and the zero set-up cost case are not part of this mission. Contributions are welcome at every level, and most of all a reusable library for (a,b)(a,b)(a,b)-convex functions.

Selected references

  • G. Gallego, Ö. Özer, Integrating Replenishment Decisions with Advance Demand Information, Management Science 47(10):1344–1360, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.47.10.1344.10261
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • A. F. Veinott, On the Optimality of (s,S) Inventory Policies: New Conditions and a New Proof, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 14(5):1067–1083, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1137/0114086
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2):259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
15 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Monotone Mappings with Application in Dynamic Programming I: Compactness Gives Convergence of the DP Algorithm and an Optimal Stationary Policy under Uniform IncreaseResearch Paper

Motivation

Infinite-horizon optimal control problems with nonnegative costs (Strauch's negative dynamic programming, the positive-cost counterpart of Blackwell's positive model) are among the settings where the standard tools of discounted dynamic programming fail: there is no contraction, costs may be infinite, and the value-iteration algorithm started from zero may converge to the wrong limit. Strauch showed in 1966 that under these assumptions the limit of value iteration can lie strictly below the optimal cost (Strauch 1966). Bertsekas (1977) recast the deterministic, stochastic and minimax versions of these problems as one abstract problem about a monotone mapping HHH, and proved Bellman's equation, optimality criteria for stationary policies, and conditions for convergence of the dynamic programming algorithm at that level of generality (Bertsekas 1977). This framework became the basis of the "abstract dynamic programming" theory developed later in Bertsekas and Shreve (1978) and Bertsekas (2013, 2022).

This mission formalizes the part of the paper that works under the uniform increase assumption, culminating in the paper's compactness condition for convergence of value iteration.

Setting

A model consists of a nonempty state space SSS, a control space CCC, for each x∈Sx\in Sx∈S a nonempty constraint set U(x)⊆CU(x)\subseteq CU(x)⊆C, a mapping H:S×C×F→[−∞,+∞]H:S\times C\times F\to[-\infty,+\infty]H:S×C×F→[−∞,+∞], where FFF is the set of functions J:S→[−∞,∞]J:S\to[-\infty,\infty]J:S→[−∞,∞] ordered pointwise, and a terminal function Jˉ∈F\bar J\in FJˉ∈F with Jˉ(x)>−∞\bar J(x)>-\inftyJˉ(x)>−∞. HHH is monotone: J≤J′J\le J'J≤J′ implies H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J′)H(x,u,J)\le H(x,u,J')H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J′) for u∈U(x)u\in U(x)u∈U(x).

A selector is μ:S→C\mu:S\to Cμ:S→C with μ(x)∈U(x)\mu(x)\in U(x)μ(x)∈U(x); a policy is a sequence π={μ0,μ1,… }\pi=\{\mu_0,\mu_1,\dots\}π={μ0​,μ1​,…} of selectors, and {μ,μ,… }\{\mu,\mu,\dots\}{μ,μ,…} is stationary. Define

Tμ(J)(x)=H(x,μ(x),J),T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x)H(x,u,J),T_\mu(J)(x)=H(x,\mu(x),J),\qquad T(J)(x)=\inf_{u\in U(x)}H(x,u,J),Tμ​(J)(x)=H(x,μ(x),J),T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​H(x,u,J), Jπ(x)=lim⁡N→∞(Tμ0⋯TμN−1)(Jˉ)(x),J∗(x)=inf⁡πJπ(x),J∞(x)=lim⁡N→∞TN(Jˉ)(x).J_\pi(x)=\lim_{N\to\infty}(T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{N-1}})(\bar J)(x),\qquad J^*(x)=\inf_\pi J_\pi(x),\qquad J_\infty(x)=\lim_{N\to\infty}T^N(\bar J)(x).Jπ​(x)=N→∞lim​(Tμ0​​⋯TμN−1​​)(Jˉ)(x),J∗(x)=πinf​Jπ​(x),J∞​(x)=N→∞lim​TN(Jˉ)(x).

J∗J^*J∗ is the optimal value function and J∞J_\inftyJ∞​ the limit of the dynamic programming algorithm. A policy is optimal if Jπ=J∗J_\pi=J^*Jπ​=J∗.

Assumption I is Jˉ(x)≤H(x,u,Jˉ)\bar J(x)\le H(x,u,\bar J)Jˉ(x)≤H(x,u,Jˉ) for all xxx and u∈U(x)u\in U(x)u∈U(x). Assumption I.1 says that H(x,u,⋅)H(x,u,\cdot)H(x,u,⋅) commutes with limits of nondecreasing sequences above Jˉ\bar JJˉ. Assumption I.2 says there is α>0\alpha>0α>0 with H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J+re)≤H(x,u,J)+αrH(x,u,J)\le H(x,u,J+re)\le H(x,u,J)+\alpha rH(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J+re)≤H(x,u,J)+αr for r>0r>0r>0 and J≥JˉJ\ge\bar JJ≥Jˉ, where e≡1e\equiv1e≡1. For the convergence analysis the paper introduces, for k≥1k\ge1k≥1, the sets Ck={(x,u,λ)∣u∈U(x), H[x,u,Tk−1(Jˉ)]≤λ}C_k=\{(x,u,\lambda)\mid u\in U(x),\ H[x,u,T^{k-1}(\bar J)]\le\lambda\}Ck​={(x,u,λ)∣u∈U(x), H[x,u,Tk−1(Jˉ)]≤λ} with λ\lambdaλ real, their projections P(Ck)P(C_k)P(Ck​) on (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ) through admissible uuu, and the closure P(Ck)‾\overline{P(C_k)}P(Ck​)​ obtained by adding limits of real sequences λn\lambda_nλn​ at fixed xxx.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 12

Let I, I.1, I.2 hold, let CCC be a Hausdorff topological space, and suppose there is kˉ\bar kkˉ such that Uk(x,λ)={u∈U(x)∣H[x,u,Tk(Jˉ)]≤λ}U_k(x,\lambda)=\{u\in U(x)\mid H[x,u,T^k(\bar J)]\le\lambda\}Uk​(x,λ)={u∈U(x)∣H[x,u,Tk(Jˉ)]≤λ} is compact for every xxx, real λ\lambdaλ and k≥kˉk\ge\bar kk≥kˉ. Then

P(⋂k≥1Ck)=⋂k≥1P(Ck)‾,J∞=T(J∞)=T(J∗)=J∗,P\Bigl(\bigcap_{k\ge1}C_k\Bigr)=\bigcap_{k\ge1}\overline{P(C_k)},\qquad J_\infty=T(J_\infty)=T(J^*)=J^*,P(k≥1⋂​Ck​)=k≥1⋂​P(Ck​)​,J∞​=T(J∞​)=T(J∗)=J∗,

and there exists an optimal stationary policy.

Milestones

In attack order: Proposition 2 (JN=TN(Jˉ)J_N=T^N(\bar J)JN​=TN(Jˉ) for the NNN-stage problem); Proposition 4 (ε\varepsilonε-optimal policies, stationary when α<1\alpha<1α<1); Proposition 5 (Bellman's equation J∗=T(J∗)J^*=T(J^*)J∗=T(J∗) and minimality of J∗J^*J∗ among TTT-excessive functions above Jˉ\bar JJˉ); Corollary 5.1 (the same for JμJ_\muJμ​); Proposition 7 ({μ∗,μ∗,… }\{\mu^*,\mu^*,\dots\}{μ∗,μ∗,…} is optimal iff Tμ∗(J∗)=T(J∗)T_{\mu^*}(J^*)=T(J^*)Tμ∗​(J∗)=T(J∗)); Proposition 10 (J∞≤T(J∞)≤T(J∗)=J∗J_\infty\le T(J_\infty)\le T(J^*)=J^*J∞​≤T(J∞​)≤T(J∗)=J∗, with equality throughout iff J∞=T(J∞)J_\infty=T(J_\infty)J∞​=T(J∞​)); Lemma 2 (P(Ck)‾=E[Tk(Jˉ)]\overline{P(C_k)}=E[T^k(\bar J)]P(Ck​)​=E[Tk(Jˉ)], the epigraph); Proposition 11 (convergence of value iteration is equivalent to interchanging projection and intersection); Lemma 3 (a function with compact real sublevel sets attains its minimum).

Significance

The result. Proposition 12 gives a checkable condition, compactness of sublevel sets of the one-stage costs, under which value iteration started at Jˉ\bar JJˉ converges to the optimal cost and an optimal stationary policy exists, in any model covered by the abstract framework: deterministic and stochastic control with nonnegative costs, minimax control, and problems with state constraints encoded by infinite costs. Without such a condition the algorithm can stall below J∗J^*J∗ even in one-dimensional deterministic problems. Propositions 5 and 7 are the abstract form of the classical Bellman equation and optimality criterion for positive-cost problems.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper. The platform's existing dynamic programming results are finite-state, real-valued and contraction-based; none covers extended-real costs, general state spaces, or the uniform increase regime. This mission would produce a machine-checked abstract DP layer over EReal in which the Bellman equation, the stationary-policy criterion and the convergence conditions are proved once for every model satisfying the assumptions. No machine-checked proof of these results is known.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for J∞=J∗J_\infty=J^*J∞​=J∗ interchanges a limit in NNN with an infimum over policies. Under Assumption I the iterates increase, and a limit of infima of an increasing family can be strictly smaller than the infimum of the limits; the paper's own example in Section 1 shows it. Monotone convergence arguments therefore do not apply. The paper converts the interchange into a statement about projections of the sets CkC_kCk​ and closes the gap with a compactness argument, which requires handling infinite values carefully: epigraphs are taken over real λ\lambdaλ only, and states where the value is +∞+\infty+∞ are treated separately. Proposition 4, on which Bellman's equation rests, needs a selection of nearly optimal policies state by state and a geometric control of the errors through I.2.

Formalization scope

Functions in FFF are S → EReal. Policies are sequences ℕ → Selector, where a selector is a function with μ(x)∈U(x)\mu(x)\in U(x)μ(x)∈U(x) for all xxx. The composition Tμ0⋯TμN−1T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{N-1}}Tμ0​​⋯TμN−1​​ applies TμN−1T_{\mu_{N-1}}TμN−1​​ first. JπJ_\piJπ​ and J∞J_\inftyJ∞​ are limUnder atTop of their defining sequences. Every statement assumes Assumption I, under which these sequences are nondecreasing and the limits exist. TTT takes the infimum over U(x)U(x)U(x) only and J∗J^*J∗ over admissible policies only. Both SSS and each U(x)U(x)U(x) are nonempty. λ\lambdaλ ranges over R\mathbb RR, and the closure  ⋅ ‾\overline{\,\cdot\,}⋅ is the sequential closure in λ\lambdaλ at fixed xxx, not a topological closure on S×RS\times\mathbb RS×R. The sets CkC_kCk​ are used only for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. I.2 is parameterized by its scalar α\alphaα. Proposition 4's second part refers to the α\alphaα for which I.2 is assumed.

Repairs of the page. Lemma 3 is false as printed. On N\mathbb NN with the cofinite topology every subset is compact, yet f(n)=−nf(n)=-nf(n)=−n has no minimum. It also fails for U=∅U=\emptysetU=∅. The mission states Lemma 3 for a Hausdorff space CCC and nonempty UUU, and Proposition 12 for a Hausdorff control space. Proposition 12 is also false as printed: with S={0}S=\{0\}S={0}, C=U(0)=NC=U(0)=\mathbb NC=U(0)=N cofinite, Jˉ(0)=0\bar J(0)=0Jˉ(0)=0 and H(0,u,J)=J(0)+1/(u+1)H(0,u,J)=J(0)+1/(u+1)H(0,u,J)=J(0)+1/(u+1), all hypotheses hold but no stationary policy is optimal and (70) fails. Proposition 11(b)'s parenthetical "(equivalently there exists an optimal stationary policy)" holds only together with J∞=J∗J_\infty=J^*J∞​=J∗ (the paper cites an example with an optimal stationary policy and J∞≠J∗J_\infty\neq J^*J∞​=J∗). It is stated in that joint form, never as an equivalence between condition (68) and the bare existence of an optimal stationary policy.

Trivializing readings ruled out. An empty constraint set would make T≡+∞T\equiv+\inftyT≡+∞ and the policy set empty, so every Bellman identity would hold trivially. The model therefore requires U(x)≠∅U(x)\neq\emptysetU(x)=∅. The goal's three conclusions, (70), the chain of equalities and the optimal stationary policy, are all required, so a formalization that states only one of them is not the goal.

Needed infrastructure: monotone limits in EReal, infima over sets, and compactness in Hausdorff spaces (Mathlib's Cantor intersection theorem). The definitions (model, assumptions, epigraph sets) can be reused for the companion mission under Assumption D and for later abstract DP developments. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are reusable lemmas on monotone EReal sequences.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas, Monotone Mappings with Application in Dynamic Programming, SIAM J. Control Optim. 15(3), 438–464, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1137/0315031
  • R. E. Strauch, Negative Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 37(4), 871–890, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. http://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Abstract Dynamic Programming, 3rd ed., Athena Scientific, 2022. http://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/abstractdp.html
13 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Markovian Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Probabilities I: The Max-Min Policy-Iteration Algorithm Terminates at a Max-Min Optimal Pure Stationary PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

Howard's finite Markovian decision process (MDP) models a controller who, at each instant, observes the state of a system, chooses a decision, collects a reward and moves to a random next state with known transition probabilities. Howard's policy-iteration algorithm computes an optimal policy, and the model has been applied to inventory control, equipment replacement, quality control and marketing. Its weak point is the requirement that every transition probability be known exactly: in applications these numbers are estimated and are hard to measure.

Satia and Lave (Operations Research 21(3), 1973) relax this requirement. In their game-theoretic formulation, the controller knows only a set of admissible probability rows for every state–decision pair, and nature chooses the rows adversarially. This is the model now called a robust MDP with (s,a)-rectangular uncertainty, studied later by Iyengar (Math. Oper. Res. 2005) and Nilim and El Ghaoui (Oper. Res. 2005), who reprove and extend the dynamic-programming results for it. The paper gives a policy-iteration algorithm for the max-min criterion and proves that it terminates at an optimal policy. This mission formalizes that part of the paper (pp. 728–732).

Timeline:

  • 1953: Shapley introduces stochastic games (PNAS 39).
  • 1960: Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, policy iteration for known transitions.
  • 1973: Satia and Lave, max-min and max-max policy iteration for uncertain transitions (dynamic-programming equations and optimality of pure stationary policies cited from Satia's 1968 Stanford thesis).
  • 2005: Iyengar; Nilim and El Ghaoui, robust dynamic programming under rectangular uncertainty.

Setting

There are finitely many states iii and, in state iii, a finite nonempty set DiD_iDi​ of decisions kkk. A transition i→ji\to ji→j under decision kkk earns reward rijkr^k_{ij}rijk​; rewards are discounted by β\betaβ with 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1. For every pair (i,k)(i,k)(i,k) there is a nonempty, closed, convex set SikS_i^kSik​ of probability rows p=(p1,…,pN)p=(p_1,\dots,p_N)p=(p1​,…,pN​), pj≥0p_j\ge0pj​≥0, ∑jpj=1\sum_j p_j=1∑j​pj​=1. Nature's choice is a matrix P∈SP\in SP∈S: one row pik∈Sikp_i^k\in S_i^kpik​∈Sik​ for every pair.

A pure stationary policy A=(A1,…,AN)A=(A_1,\dots,A_N)A=(A1​,…,AN​) selects Ai∈DiA_i\in D_iAi​∈Di​. Under PPP its present value vA(P)v^A(P)vA(P) is the unique solution of equations (5),

viA=∑jpijAi(rijAi+βvjA).v_i^A=\sum_j p^{A_i}_{ij}\big(r^{A_i}_{ij}+\beta v_j^A\big).viA​=j∑​pijAi​​(rijAi​​+βvjA​).

Nature's minimum is v‾i(A)=inf⁡P∈SviA(P)\underline v_i(A)=\inf_{P\in S}v_i^A(P)v​i​(A)=infP∈S​viA​(P), and the max-min return of criterion (2) is vˉi=max⁡Av‾i(A)\bar v_i=\max_A\underline v_i(A)vˉi​=maxA​v​i​(A). A policy is max-min optimal if v‾(A)=vˉ\underline v(A)=\bar vv​(A)=vˉ in every state.

The algorithm alternates two routines. Phase 1 (nature's policy evaluation) fixes AAA, computes vAv^AvA from the current rows, replaces each row at AiA_iAi​ by a minimizer of ∑jpj(rijAi+βvjA)\sum_j p_j(r^{A_i}_{ij}+\beta v^A_j)∑j​pj​(rijAi​​+βvjA​) over SiAiS_i^{A_i}SiAi​​ (6), and stops when the minima reproduce vAv^AvA. Phase 2 (policy improvement) chooses in each state a decision BiB_iBi​ maximizing the test quantity (7),

tik(v)=min⁡p∈Sik∑jpj(rijk+βvj),t_i^k(v)=\min_{p\in S_i^k}\sum_j p_j\big(r^k_{ij}+\beta v_j\big),tik​(v)=p∈Sik​min​j∑​pj​(rijk​+βvj​),

at v=v‾(A)v=\underline v(A)v=v​(A), keeping AiA_iAi​ on ties; if B=AB=AB=A the algorithm terminates.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5 with Proposition 3

Along every run A0,A1,…A^0,A^1,\dotsA0,A1,… of Phase 2 steps,

v‾(An)≤v‾(An+1)  ∀n,∃ n<#{policies}: An+1=An,  v‾(An)=vˉ,\underline v(A^n)\le\underline v(A^{n+1})\ \ \forall n,\qquad \exists\,n<\#\{\text{policies}\}:\ A^{n+1}=A^n,\ \ \underline v(A^n)=\bar v,v​(An)≤v​(An+1)  ∀n,∃n<#{policies}: An+1=An,  v​(An)=vˉ,

and the terminal policy attains the solution of the equations (4) and is ε\varepsilonε-optimal for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0.

Milestones

  • Eq. (5): the present-value equations have a unique solution.
  • [I−βP]−1[I-\beta P]^{-1}[I−βP]−1 is nonnegative with diagonal at least 1 for stochastic PPP (proof of Proposition 5).
  • Proposition 1: equations (4), with randomized decisions and mixed choices of nature, have a unique solution, and it is the max-min return.
  • Proposition 2: a pure stationary policy attains it.
  • A non-final Phase 1 iteration lowers nature's value weakly everywhere and strictly somewhere (proof of Proposition 4).
  • Proposition 4: Phase 1 comes within ε\varepsilonε of nature's optimum after finitely many iterations.
  • Proposition 3: at termination no pure stationary policy is better.
  • Each policy change strictly improves the max-min return (proof of Proposition 5).

Significance

The goal certifies a complete algorithm for the max-min problem: it computes a policy that is optimal against the worst admissible transition probabilities, in all states at once, in finitely many improvement steps. Propositions 1 and 2 show that the dynamic-programming equations (4) characterize the max-min value and that neither side gains from randomization. The known-transition case (every SikS_i^kSik​ a single row) recovers Howard's policy iteration.

On the platform, Howard-type policy iteration for known transitions has been formalized (the Bertsekas Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control missions); nothing with uncertain transitions exists. The results of this paper are proved in the literature (Satia's thesis, and in greater generality by Iyengar and by Nilim and El Ghaoui); none has a machine-checked proof. This mission produces the first formal robust-MDP model and robust policy-iteration theorem on the platform.

Difficulty

The obvious argument copies Howard's improvement lemma. It fails at two points. First, the value of a policy is itself the result of an inner optimization by nature, so comparing two policies requires comparing two different worst-case transition matrices; the matrix P∗BP^{*B}P∗B minimizing against BBB is not the one minimizing against AAA. Second, the proof of Proposition 4 as printed shows only that nature's values decrease and converge; that the limit is nature's optimum, over a continuum of admissible rows, needs a separate argument. Finally, Proposition 1 involves randomized strategies and probability measures on the uncertainty sets, and reducing them to pure strategies is the content of Propositions 1 and 2, not a definitional convenience.

Formalization scope

States are a finite type S (nonemptiness is not needed: every statement is unchanged in meaning at N=1N=1N=1 and trivially true at N=0N=0N=0), decisions a family D : S → Type* of finite nonempty types. The model fixes these conventions and readings:

  • 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1 (not printed; every return is an infinite discounted sum) and nonempty SikS_i^kSik​ (not printed; Phase 1 presupposes a feasible row) are added standing hypotheses; closedness and convexity are the paper's.
  • The present value is [I−βPA]−1[I-\beta P^A]^{-1}[I−βPA]−1 applied to the one-step rewards; the Eq. (5) milestone proves it is the unique solution of (5).
  • "min over pik∈Sikp_i^k\in S_i^kpik​∈Sik​" in (2) is an infimum over the nonempty type of admissible choices P∈SP\in SP∈S, bounded below; "max over all policies" is a maximum over pure stationary policies, with randomization handled in (4).
  • In (4), τ\tauτ ranges over probability vectors on DjD_jDj​ and α\alphaα over probability measures on row vectors with α(Sjk)=1\alpha(S_j^k)=1α(Sjk​)=1; the missing integral sign and unmatched brace of the printed display are corrected.
  • "Optimal" = equal to the max-min return in every state; "ε\varepsilonε-optimal" = within ±ε\pm\varepsilon±ε in every state (p. 731); "ε\varepsilonε-optimal for nature" = within ε\varepsilonε of nature's minimum.
  • "Terminates" = Phase 2 returns the same policy; "a finite number of iterations" is stated with the explicit bound "fewer than the number of policies".
  • Phase 1 is taken exact in Phase 2 (the proofs of Propositions 3 and 5 use exact minimizers); the Phase 1 stopping test is printed without Σ\SigmaΣ and the sum is formalized.
  • Retention rule: Phase 2 keeps AiA_iAi​ when it is already a maximizer. It is not printed, but it is Howard's rule and Proposition 5 is false without it.
  • Proposition 5's "ε\varepsilonε-optimal … in a finite number of iterations" is formalized as exact termination at an optimal policy, which implies the printed claim for every ε\varepsilonε.

Equation (4) must not be collapsed to max⁡kmin⁡p∈Sjk\max_k\min_{p\in S_j^k}maxk​minp∈Sjk​​ in its definition: that would make Proposition 2 true by definition. Similarly, the Phase 2 relation always has a successor and algorithm runs exist from every policy, so the goal is not vacuous.

Needed infrastructure: Neumann series for I−βPI-\beta PI−βP with stochastic PPP, monotonicity of policy evaluation, existence of minimizers of linear functions on compact subsets of the simplex, and the contraction argument for the robust Bellman operator. These are reusable for any robust or known-transition MDP development. Proofs of any milestone, alternative arguments for Propositions 1 and 2, and extensions to the max-max criterion are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. K. Satia and R. E. Lave, Jr., Markovian Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Probabilities, Operations Research 21(3), 728–740, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • L. S. Shapley, Stochastic Games, PNAS 39(10), 1095–1100, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.39.10.1095
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust Control of Markov Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 780–798, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Foundations of Reinforcement Learning IV: Reinforcement Learning Basics and the UCB-VI AlgorithmTextbook

Motivation

Reinforcement learning (RL) formalizes sequential decision-making under uncertainty: an agent repeatedly observes a state, takes an action, receives a reward, and transitions to a new state, with the goal of maximizing cumulative reward over an unknown environment. It underlies applications from game-playing agents to robotics and adaptive medical treatment. What separates RL from the bandit and contextual bandit problems of earlier chapters in this series is state: the environment carries information forward across time steps, so a good action now can pay off many steps later, and a poor exploration strategy can take exponentially long to discover it. This mission formalizes the foundational results of finite-horizon episodic RL — the Markov Decision Process (MDP) model, the Bellman-optimality principle that makes dynamic programming possible, and the analytical toolkit (the performance-difference and Bellman-residual-decomposition lemmas) used throughout the field's regret analyses — culminating in a polynomial regret guarantee for UCB-VI, the canonical optimism-based algorithm for tabular RL introduced by Azar, Osband, and Munos (Minimax Regret Bounds for Reinforcement Learning, ICML 2017, arXiv:1703.05449).

Setting

A finite-horizon episodic Markov Decision Process M=(S,A,{PhM}h=1H,{RhM}h=1H,d1)M = (S, A, \{P^M_h\}_{h=1}^H, \{R^M_h\}_{h=1}^H, d_1)M=(S,A,{PhM​}h=1H​,{RhM​}h=1H​,d1​) consists of a finite state space SSS, a finite action space AAA, a horizon HHH, per-layer transition kernels PhM:S×A→Δ(S)P^M_h : S\times A \to \Delta(S)PhM​:S×A→Δ(S) and reward distributions RhM:S×A→Δ(R)R^M_h : S\times A \to \Delta(\mathbb R)RhM​:S×A→Δ(R), and an initial state distribution d1∈Δ(S)d_1 \in \Delta(S)d1​∈Δ(S). An episode unrolls for h=1,…,Hh=1,\dots,Hh=1,…,H: the learner selects an action ah∼πh(sh)a_h \sim \pi_h(s_h)ah​∼πh​(sh​) under a randomized non-stationary policy π=(π1,…,πH)∈Πrns\pi = (\pi_1,\dots,\pi_H) \in \Pi^{\mathrm{rns}}π=(π1​,…,πH​)∈Πrns (each πh:S→Δ(A)\pi_h : S \to \Delta(A)πh​:S→Δ(A)), receives reward rh∼RhM(sh,ah)r_h \sim R^M_h(s_h,a_h)rh​∼RhM​(sh​,ah​), and transitions to sh+1∼PhM(sh,ah)s_{h+1}\sim P^M_h(s_h,a_h)sh+1​∼PhM​(sh​,ah​). The value of π\piπ is fM(π):=EM,π[∑hrh]f^M(\pi) := \mathbb E^{M,\pi}[\sum_h r_h]fM(π):=EM,π[∑h​rh​], and the state-action and state value functions QhM,π(s,a)Q^{M,\pi}_h(s,a)QhM,π​(s,a), VhM,π(s)V^{M,\pi}_h(s)VhM,π​(s) are the analogous reward-to-go quantities from layer hhh onward. In the online RL problem, M⋆M^\starM⋆ is unknown, the learner interacts with it for TTT episodes, and the goal is to minimize the regret Reg=∑t=1T(fM⋆(πM⋆)−fM⋆(πt))\mathrm{Reg} = \sum_{t=1}^T \big(f^{M^\star} (\pi^{M^\star}) - f^{M^\star}(\pi^t)\big)Reg=∑t=1T​(fM⋆(πM⋆)−fM⋆(πt)) against the best policy πM⋆∈arg⁡max⁡π∈ΠrnsfM⋆(π)\pi^{M^\star} \in \arg\max_{\pi\in\Pi^{\mathrm{rns}}} f^{M^\star}(\pi)πM⋆∈argmaxπ∈Πrns​fM⋆(π).

Formalization targets

Goal — Theorem 1 (UCB-VI regret)

∃ C>0, ∀ δ∈(0,1],Pr⁡[Reg≤C⋅H⋅S⋅A T⋅log⁡(SAHT/δ)]≥1−δ,\exists\, C>0,\ \forall\, \delta\in(0,1],\quad \Pr\Big[\mathrm{Reg} \le C\cdot H\cdot S\cdot\sqrt{A\,T}\cdot\sqrt{\log(SAHT/\delta)}\Big] \ge 1-\delta,∃C>0, ∀δ∈(0,1],Pr[Reg≤C⋅H⋅S⋅AT​⋅log(SAHT/δ)​]≥1−δ,

for the UCB-VI algorithm run with the explicit bonus bh,δt(s,a)=2log⁡(2SAHT/δ)/nht(s,a)b^t_{h,\delta}(s,a) = 2\sqrt{\log(2SAHT/\delta)/n^t_h(s,a)}bh,δt​(s,a)=2log(2SAHT/δ)/nht​(s,a)​, under Assumption 6 (deterministic, known, [0,1][0,1][0,1]-bounded rewards). This is the weakest stable form of the guarantee: it fixes only the shape of the bound (polynomial in S,A,H,TS,A,H,TS,A,H,T, logarithmic in 1/δ1/\delta1/δ), leaving the exact leading constant — which the book itself does not pin down on this page — outside the formal claim.

Reaching it rests on three structural facts, each formalized as a milestone in attack order:

  • Proposition 25 (Bellman optimality): existence of a single deterministic policy simultaneously optimal at every state, computable by backward induction — the reason dynamic programming solves planning at all.
  • Lemma 13 (Performance difference) and Lemma 14 (Bellman residual decomposition): two "credit assignment" identities decomposing a value gap (between two policies, or one policy under two models) into a sum of per-layer, on-roll-in terms.
  • Lemma 15 (Error decomposition for optimistic policies): the fact that a greedy policy driven by any optimistic value estimate suffers sub-optimality controlled additively — not exponentially — by that estimate's own Bellman residuals, evaluated on-policy.

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 1 is the chapter's headline result: the first guarantee, in this development, that a learning algorithm — one that does not know the environment's transitions in advance — can achieve regret growing only polynomially in the size of the state space, the action space, and the horizon, and only as T\sqrt TT​ in the number of episodes. The chapter's own "combination lock" example (Figure 8) shows this is not automatic: naive exploration strategies (such as ε\varepsilonε-greedy, which suffices for ordinary bandits) incur regret exponential in the horizon on some MDPs with as few as H+2H+2H+2 states. UCB-VI's guarantee is the sample-complexity foundation on which essentially every subsequent result on tabular, linear, and general function-approximation RL in the book is built.

Formalizing it. No part of this chapter's mathematical content already has a faithful counterpart on the platform (see Difficulty, below, and Formalization scope). This mission contributes: (i) a from-scratch Lean formalization of the finite-horizon episodic MDP model and its value functions, faithful to the book's 000/111-indexing and reward-distribution conventions; (ii) faithful statements (drafted with sorry, not yet proved) of Proposition 25 and Lemmas 13–15; and (iii) a faithful statement of Theorem 1 itself, including a from-scratch construction of the finite TTT-episode adaptive interaction process needed to make sense of a high-probability regret guarantee. Proving these — Proposition 25 by backward induction, Lemmas 13–15 by telescoping, and Theorem 1 by combining Lemma 15's optimism bound with a concentration argument bounding the estimation-error and martingale terms of Eqs. (5.30)–(5.33) (omitted here; see Difficulty) — is open work for solvers.

Difficulty

The obvious approach to Theorem 1 — bound the regret episode-by-episode using only the fact that QtQ^tQt is close to QM⋆,⋆Q^{M^\star,\star}QM⋆,⋆ in some fixed sense — fails because QtQ^tQt's error is itself random (it depends on the transitions observed so far) and compounds across HHH layers of dynamic programming. Lemma 15 defuses the compounding: it shows the sub-optimality gap is additive in the per-layer Bellman residuals rather than multiplicative, provided QtQ^tQt is optimistic. Making QtQ^tQt optimistic with high probability, in turn, requires a concentration argument for the empirical transition estimates P^ht\widehat P^t_hPht​ (an application of Freedman's or the Azuma–Hoeffding inequality, not included among this mission's milestones) and a union bound over all (s,a,h,t)(s,a,h,t)(s,a,h,t) — accounting for the SAHTSAHTSAHT inside the bonus's logarithm. The final regret sum further requires bounding ∑t∑h1/nht(sht,aht)\sum_t \sum_h 1/\sqrt{n^t_h(s^t_h,a^t_h)}∑t​∑h​1/nht​(sht​,aht​)​ by a pigeonhole/potential-function argument over the visitation counts, which is where the SATS\sqrt{AT}SAT​ scaling — rather than a naive SATSA\sqrt{T}SAT​ — originates. None of this concentration or counting machinery is included in the current milestones; a solver attempting Theorem 1 needs it as prerequisite lemmas.

Formalization scope

MDP and value functions. States and actions are finite types (Fintype); layers are represented 000-indexed throughout the Lean development (the book's layer hhh is h - 1), with the terminal convention V _ _ H _ = 0 matching VH+1≡0V_{H+1}\equiv 0VH+1​≡0. Since every value/expectation formula in this chapter uses the reward distribution Rh(s,a)∈Δ(R)R_h(s,a)\in\Delta(\mathbb R)Rh​(s,a)∈Δ(R) only through its mean, EpisodicMDP.R records that mean directly — equivalent, by linearity of expectation, to carrying the full distribution, and changing no theorem's content. Transition kernels and policies are represented as plain real-valued functions (S → A → ℝ-style) rather than as Mathlib's PMF, with IsPolicy/the EpisodicMDP structure's own proof fields asserting the probability-distribution properties (nonnegativity, summing to 111) where the book requires membership in Πrns\Pi^{\mathrm{rns}}Πrns or a well-formed kernel; this keeps every expectation a finite Finset.sum, needing no measure theory. The optimal value functions Qstar/Vstar are defined as literal suprema over the entire (uncountable, since ∣A∣≥2|A|\ge2∣A∣≥2) policy type — not via a recursive shortcut — which is what rules out the trivializing formalization of Proposition 25: defining Vstar by the very recursion the proposition asserts would make the proposition a tautology, whereas here it is a genuine claim about a supremum over an enormous space of competitor policies.

UCB-VI and Theorem 1. Because SSS, AAA, HHH, and TTT are all finite, the TTT-episode adaptive interaction (in which round ttt's policy is a function of the realized history of the first t−1t-1t−1 episodes) is modeled as a finite probability space: the outcome type Fin T → Trajectory S A H is a Fintype, "probability" is a finite sum over it, and "with probability ≥1−δ\ge 1-\delta≥1−δ" is a plain inequality between two real numbers — no MeasureTheory is used anywhere in this mission. The universal constant CCC in Theorem 1 is existentially quantified (∃ C > 0, …) rather than given as a literal numeral, since its value is not pinned down by the book on this page and this mission does not carry out the (non-milestoned) concentration argument that would derive it; this is the convention adopted throughout for the book's own "≲\lesssim≲" notation. The empirical-transition estimator inside QhtQ^t_hQht​ is defined to be 000 when nht(s,a)=0n^t_h(s,a)=0nht​(s,a)=0 (no data yet collected for that pair) — a boundary case Eq. (5.25) does not address, resolved here by convention rather than proof.

Prior art. The platform's existing BanditAlgorithm.UCRL2Algorithm mission formalizes UCRL2 for the average-reward, infinite-horizon MDP setting with a diameter parameter, and its Bellman-optimality statement is the average-cost optimality equation — genuinely different from this chapter's finite-horizon episodic Bellman recursion, even though both go by the name "Bellman optimality." No reference item was reused; every definition and theorem in this mission is drafted from scratch. Both missions bound regret via optimism over a confidence set of models, but for different objectives (average reward vs. finite-horizon cumulative reward) and different MDP classes.

Reusable infrastructure and open contributions. EpisodicMDP, Policy, V/Q/Qstar/Vstar, and stateDist/stateExp are reusable by any future mission on finite-horizon episodic RL in this book's later chapters. Contributions welcome: proofs of the four milestone lemmas (by backward induction and telescoping, respectively); the concentration lemmas underlying Theorem 1's optimism guarantee (Eqs. (5.30)–(5.33) of the source, not milestoned here); and the final regret proof combining them.

Selected references

  • Foster, D. J. and Rakhlin, A., Foundations of Reinforcement Learning and Interactive Decision Making, 2023. arXiv:2312.16730v1
  • Azar, M. G., Osband, I., and Munos, R., Minimax Regret Bounds for Reinforcement Learning, ICML 2017. arXiv:1703.05449
  • Jaksch, T., Ortner, R., and Auer, P., Near-optimal Regret Bounds for Reinforcement Learning, JMLR 11 (2010).
8 thms4 active users
🏆Completed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: Shuze Chen

Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control V: LQG and Certainty EquivalenceTextbook

Motivation

The separation theorem — certainty equivalence for linear-quadratic control with imperfect state information — is one of the celebrated structural results of stochastic control: the optimal controller splits into a least-squares estimator and the deterministic LQR actuator, designed independently. It underlies every LQG autopilot and Kalman-filter-based regulator. Section 5.2 of Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Vol. I (3rd ed., 2005) proves it from the DP algorithm over information vectors, with Lemma 5.2.1 supplying the key fact that the estimation error is beyond the controller's influence. No formal analogue exists in Mathlib.

Setting

Linear dynamics and measurements

xk+1=Akxk+Bkuk+wk,zk=Ckxk+vk,x_{k+1} = A_k x_k + B_k u_k + w_k, \qquad z_k = C_k x_k + v_k,xk+1​=Ak​xk​+Bk​uk​+wk​,zk​=Ck​xk​+vk​,

with quadratic cost E[xN⊤QNxN+∑k<N(xk⊤Qkxk+uk⊤Rkuk)]\mathbb{E}\big[x_N^\top Q_N x_N + \sum_{k<N}(x_k^\top Q_k x_k + u_k^\top R_k u_k)\big]E[xN⊤​QN​xN​+∑k<N​(xk⊤​Qk​xk​+uk⊤​Rk​uk​)], Qk⪰0Q_k \succeq 0Qk​⪰0, Rk≻0R_k \succ 0Rk​≻0. The initial state and the zero-mean disturbances/noises are independent with finite ranges; independence is structural — the sample space is the product of an initial-state coordinate and per-stage noise coordinates (BertsekasLQGModel, BertsekasLQGSample, BertsekasLQGProb). A policy maps the realized measurement history (z0,…,zk)(z_0,\dots,z_k)(z0​,…,zk​) to uku_kuk​; the closed-loop process is BertsekasLQGTraj, the expected cost BertsekasLQGCost. The estimator E[xk∣Ik]\mathbb{E}[x_k \mid I_k]E[xk​∣Ik​] is an explicit conditional average (BertsekasCondExpVec, BertsekasLQGEstimate); the gains LkL_kLk​ come from the time-varying Riccati recursion (BertsekasLQGRiccati, BertsekasLQGGain).

Target

π∗(Ik)=Lk E[xk∣Ik]  along its own trajectories⟹J(π∗)≤J(π)  ∀π,\pi^*(I_k) = L_k\, \mathbb{E}[x_k \mid I_k] \ \text{ along its own trajectories} \quad\Longrightarrow\quad J(\pi^*) \le J(\pi)\ \ \forall \pi,π∗(Ik​)=Lk​E[xk​∣Ik​]  along its own trajectories⟹J(π∗)≤J(π)  ∀π,

— BertsekasDP.lqg_certainty_equivalence (goal). Milestone: Lemma 5.2.1 in pointwise form — the error xk−E[xk∣Ik]x_k - \mathbb{E}[x_k \mid I_k]xk​−E[xk​∣Ik​] is the same under any two policies, outcome by outcome (lqg_estimation_error_policy_independent).

Significance

This is the theorem that justifies designing estimator and controller separately — remove it and the entire LQG methodology loses its warrant. The formalization also yields the first machine-checked instance of the informational decomposition (control-dependent part + policy-independent error) that recurs throughout imperfect-information control. Notably the result needs no Gaussian assumption — only zero mean and independence — and the finite-support model makes that generality exact. The result is classical (Joseph–Tou 1961, Gunckel–Franklin 1963; the book's §5.2); the formal proof is new.

Difficulty

The heart is Lemma 5.2.1: showing the estimation error coincides, sample by sample, with the error of the control-free system — which requires proving that the observation-history σ-events under any policy coincide with those of the control-free system (controls are determined by the history, so they shift observations by a known amount). Then the DP argument over information histories must carry the quadratic decomposition through the backward recursion. Bookkeeping over histories-as-lists is the main formal burden; probability theory stays finite.

Formalization scope

Finite-support randomness (all expectations are finite sums); conditional expectation with the explicit junk value 0 on zero-probability events — the goal's hypothesis is accordingly restricted to outcomes of positive probability. Policies are functions of the measurement list only (equivalent to the book's information vector for deterministic policies, since past controls are recoverable from past measurements). Matrices are time-varying; positive definiteness of RkR_kRk​ makes every matrix inverse in the gains genuine. Measurement noise covariance is not assumed positive definite — the estimator is the abstract conditional expectation, not the Kalman filter (whose recursive form, §5.2.1, would be a natural follow-up mission).

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Vol. I, 3rd ed., Athena Scientific, 2005. (§5.2, Lemma 5.2.1.) http://www.athenasc.com/dpbook.html
  • P. D. Joseph, J. T. Tou, On linear control theory, Trans. AIEE 80 (1961), 193–196. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAI.1961.6371743
  • T. L. Gunckel, G. F. Franklin, A general solution for linear sampled-data control, J. Basic Eng. 85 (1963), 197–201. https://doi.org/10.1115/1.3656559
5 thms4 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: Shuze Chen

Provably Near-Optimal Sampling-Based Policies for Stochastic Inventory Control Models: The Sampled Upper Base-Stock Policy Costs at Most (1 + ε) Times the Optimum with Probability 1 − δResearch Paper

Motivation

The periodic-review inventory problem asks how much stock to order in each of TTT periods when demand is random, unmet demand is backlogged, and both leftover stock and shortages are charged. When the demand distributions are known, a backward dynamic program computes an optimal policy, and the optimal policy is a base-stock policy: in each period, order up to a fixed target level (Zipkin, Foundations of Inventory Management, 2000). In practice the distributions are rarely known; what is available is data, or a simulator that produces demand scenarios.

Levi, Roundy and Shmoys (Math. Oper. Res. 32(4), 2007) asked how many sampled demand scenarios suffice to compute a policy whose expected cost is provably within a factor 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε of optimal, with a sample size that depends on ε\varepsilonε, the confidence δ\deltaδ, the horizon and the cost parameters, but not on the demand distributions. For the single-period newsvendor problem they proved such a bound for sample average approximation (their Theorem 2.2). For the multiperiod model they designed a new algorithm and proved the bound that this mission targets (Theorem 3.5 of §3.3).

Setting

Periods are indexed t=0,…,T−1t = 0, \dots, T-1t=0,…,T−1 (the paper counts from 111). The demand DtD_tDt​ of period ttt is a real random variable with law μt\mu_tμt​ and finite mean, possibly negative. Demands of different periods are independent but need not be identically distributed. Orders arrive immediately, there is no ordering cost, and unmet demand is backlogged. Raising the inventory to yyy in period ttt costs, at the end of the period, h(y−Dt)++b(Dt−y)+h(y - D_t)^+ + b(D_t - y)^+h(y−Dt​)++b(Dt​−y)+ with h,b>0h, b > 0h,b>0.

  • The newsvendor cost is Ct(y)=E[h(y−Dt)++b(Dt−y)+]C_t(y) = \mathbb E[h(y-D_t)^+ + b(D_t-y)^+]Ct​(y)=E[h(y−Dt​)++b(Dt​−y)+].
  • The optimal dynamic program (eqs. (1)–(2)) is Ut(y)=Ct(y)+E[Vt+1(y−Dt)]U_t(y) = C_t(y) + \mathbb E[V_{t+1}(y - D_t)]Ut​(y)=Ct​(y)+E[Vt+1​(y−Dt​)] and Vt(x)=min⁡y≥xUt(y)V_t(x) = \min_{y \ge x} U_t(y)Vt​(x)=miny≥x​Ut​(y), with VT≡0V_T \equiv 0VT​≡0. The optimal expected cost is OPT=min⁡yU0(y)\mathrm{OPT} = \min_y U_0(y)OPT=miny​U0​(y).
  • For levels L=(Lt)L = (L_t)L=(Lt​), the base-stock policy raises the inventory xxx to max⁡(x,Lt)\max(x, L_t)max(x,Lt​) in period ttt. The shadow cost U~t(y)\tilde U_t(y)U~t​(y) is the expected cost over periods t,…,T−1t, \dots, T-1t,…,T−1 of ordering up to yyy in period ttt and then following Lt+1,…,LT−1L_{t+1}, \dots, L_{T-1}Lt+1​,…,LT−1​.
  • Ls,…,LT−1L_s, \dots, L_{T-1}Ls​,…,LT−1​ is an upper base-stock policy (Definition 3.2) if for each j≥sj \ge sj≥s the shadow cost U~j\tilde U_jU~j​ is convex with smallest minimizer Rˉj\bar R_jRˉj​, and Lj≥RˉjL_j \ge \bar R_jLj​≥Rˉj​.
  • A point yyy is an α\alphaα-point of fff (Definition 3.3) if fff has a subgradient rrr at yyy with ∣r∣≤α|r| \le \alpha∣r∣≤α.
  • The sample right-derivative estimator U^tr(y)\hat U^r_t(y)U^tr​(y) averages, over NNN sampled demand paths, an explicit bounded path variable whose mean is the right derivative of U~t\tilde U_tU~t​ (Lemma 3.4, Corollary 3.1).

The algorithm (§3.3, p. 835). Given 0<ε≤10 < \varepsilon \le 10<ε≤1 and 0<δ<10 < \delta < 10<δ<1, put εt=ε/2T\varepsilon_t = \varepsilon/2Tεt​=ε/2T, δt=δ/T\delta_t = \delta/Tδt​=δ/T and αt=(εt/3)min⁡(b,h)\alpha_t = (\varepsilon_t/3)\min(b, h)αt​=(εt​/3)min(b,h). The paper states:

In stage t=T,…,1t = T, \dots, 1t=T,…,1, consider the function U~t\tilde U_tU~t​ defined above with respect to the previously computed base-stock levels R~t+1,…,R~T\tilde R_{t+1}, \dots, \tilde R_TR~t+1​,…,R~T​ (where U~T=CT\tilde U_T = C_TU~T​=CT​). Use the black box to generate Nt=2((b+h)(T−t+1))2(1/αt2)log⁡(2/δt)N_t = 2((b + h)(T - t + 1))^2(1/\alpha_t^2)\log(2/\delta_t)Nt​=2((b+h)(T−t+1))2(1/αt2​)log(2/δt​) independent samples of the demands Dt,…,DTD_t, \dots, D_TDt​,…,DT​ and compute R~t=inf⁡{y:U^tr(y)≥αt/2}\tilde R_t = \inf\{y : \hat U^r_t(y) \ge \alpha_t/2\}R~t​=inf{y:U^tr​(y)≥αt​/2}. Note that in each stage, the algorithm is using an additional NtN_tNt​ samples that are independent of the samples used in previous stages.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5 (§3.3)

For T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, h,b>0h, b > 0h,b>0, independent demand laws with finite mean, 0<ε≤10 < \varepsilon \le 10<ε≤1 and 0<δ<10 < \delta < 10<δ<1, the levels R~0,…,R~T−1\tilde R_0, \dots, \tilde R_{T-1}R~0​,…,R~T−1​ computed by the algorithm satisfy

Pr⁡[ U~0(R~0)≤(1+ε) min⁡yU0(y) ]  ≥  1−δ.\Pr\Big[\ \tilde U_0(\tilde R_0) \le (1+\varepsilon)\,\min_y U_0(y)\ \Big] \;\ge\; 1-\delta .Pr[ U~0​(R~0​)≤(1+ε)ymin​U0​(y) ]≥1−δ.

Here U~0(R~0)\tilde U_0(\tilde R_0)U~0​(R~0​) is the expected cost of the computed policy and min⁡yU0(y)\min_y U_0(y)miny​U0​(y) is the optimal expected cost. The constants are those of the paper; the goal fixes the algorithm, not a class of algorithms.

Milestones (proof order)

  1. Fact 3.1: w(x)=min⁡y≥xf(y)w(x) = \min_{y\ge x} f(y)w(x)=miny≥x​f(y) is convex for convex fff with a minimizer rrr, and w(x)=f(max⁡(x,r))w(x) = f(\max(x, r))w(x)=f(max(x,r)).
  2. Lemma 3.1: following an upper base-stock policy keeps U~j\tilde U_jU~j​ and V~j\tilde V_jV~j​ convex, so Rˉj\bar R_jRˉj​ exists.
  3. Lemma 3.2: if each tail policy is βj\beta_jβj​-optimal, ordering up to Rˉt\bar R_tRˉt​ is max⁡jβj\max_j \beta_jmaxj​βj​-optimal.
  4. Claim after Lemma 3.2 (p. 832): per-stage factors (1+εt)(1+\varepsilon_t)(1+εt​) multiply to ∏j(1+εj)\prod_j(1+\varepsilon_j)∏j​(1+εj​).
  5. Lemma 3.3: an α\alphaα-point of a convex f≥h(y−d)++b(d−y)+f \ge h(y-d)^+ + b(d-y)^+f≥h(y−d)++b(d−y)+, with α=(ε/3)min⁡(b,h)\alpha = (\varepsilon/3)\min(b,h)α=(ε/3)min(b,h), is (1+ε)(1+\varepsilon)(1+ε)-optimal.
  6. Lemma 3.4: the path variable M~tjr(y)\tilde M^r_{tj}(y)M~tjr​(y) has the mean of 1(A~jt(y))Cjr(y−D[t,j))\mathbb 1(\tilde A_{jt}(y))C^r_j(y - D_{[t,j)})1(A~jt​(y))Cjr​(y−D[t,j)​).
  7. Corollary 3.1: the right derivative of U~t\tilde U_tU~t​ is the mean of the path value.
  8. Lemma 3.5: one stage with NtN_tNt​ samples produces an αt\alpha_tαt​-point R~t≥Rˉt\tilde R_t \ge \bar R_tR~t​≥Rˉt​ with probability at least 1−δt1 - \delta_t1−δt​.

Hoeffding's inequality (Theorem 3.4) enters through Lemma 3.5; Concentration.hoeffding_two_sided is included as a reference item.

Significance

The theorem gives sample sizes NtN_tNt​ that grow polynomially in TTT, 1/ε1/\varepsilon1/ε, log⁡(1/δ)\log(1/\delta)log(1/δ) and (b+h)/min⁡(b,h)(b+h)/\min(b,h)(b+h)/min(b,h), and are uniform over all demand distributions with finite mean. The analysis shows that a sampled dynamic program need not lose control of convexity: the upper base-stock invariant keeps every stage a convex problem, and relative errors made in later stages multiply rather than compound through the recursion.

The result has been proved on paper since 2007. As far as a search of the platform shows (October 2026), none of its lemmas has a machine-checked proof; the platform has single-period newsvendor material from other papers, and a two-sided Hoeffding inequality. A formalization would supply a finite-horizon stochastic inventory dynamic program and its shadow version as reusable objects, a one-dimensional bridge from approximate first-order optimality to relative error (Lemma 3.3), and an end-to-end checked sample-complexity bound for a multistage stochastic model.

Difficulty

The naive argument estimates each stage's minimizer by sampling and adds up the per-stage errors. It fails twice. First, once a later stage uses an approximate level, the earlier stage's cost-to-go is no longer that of an optimal policy and need not be convex, so "the minimizer" may not exist and its sampled estimate has no guarantee. Second, an additive error in a later stage's cost can be amplified by the earlier stages. The paper's invariant, which requires each computed level to lie above the true shadow minimizer, controls both, and the formalization has to establish this invariant from samples with high probability. Measure-theoretically, the costs are nested expectations of infima, a one-sided derivative must pass through an expectation over a demand path, and stage-wise events must be combined although earlier levels are random.

Formalization scope

  • Conventions. Periods are 000-based natural numbers, so the paper's factor T−t+1T - t + 1T−t+1 is T−tT - tT−t, and the paper's R~1\tilde R_1R~1​ is R~0\tilde R_0R~0​. Laws μt\mu_tμt​ and costs are given for every t∈Nt \in \mathbb Nt∈N; only t<Tt < Tt<T matter. Demands are real valued. Expectations are Bochner integrals, and every theorem that evaluates a cost function assumes E∣Dt∣<∞\mathbb E|D_t| < \inftyE∣Dt​∣<∞, the paper's standing assumption. min⁡y≥x\min_{y \ge x}miny≥x​ and min⁡y\min_yminy​ are real infima of nonnegative functions. "Rˉj\bar R_jRˉj​ exists" means "U~j\tilde U_jU~j​ is convex and has a smallest minimizer". The paper's real NtN_tNt​ is rounded up with ⌈⋅⌉\lceil\cdot\rceil⌈⋅⌉; Lemma 3.5 only needs NtN_tNt​ to be at least the bound. The right derivative is HasDerivWithinAt on [y,∞)[y, \infty)[y,∞). Probabilities of events are measures of sets, which are outer measures on non-measurable sets.
  • Sample space. For each stage t<Tt < Tt<T, NtN_tNt​ demand paths in RT\mathbb R^TRT; all paths are independent with law μ0⊗⋯⊗μT−1\mu_0 \otimes \dots \otimes \mu_{T-1}μ0​⊗⋯⊗μT−1​. A stage-ttt path also has coordinates for periods before ttt, which are never read. R~t\tilde R_tR~t​ is a deterministic function of the outcome, defined by backward recursion from the paper's infimum rule.
  • No trivialization. The optimum is defined from the true dynamic program (1)–(2) and does not depend on the algorithm. The algorithm is fixed, with the paper's NtN_tNt​, αt\alpha_tαt​ and δt\delta_tδt​. Samples are independent across stages. The demand laws are arbitrary probability measures on R\mathbb RR with finite mean, not restricted to bounded, continuous or nonnegative demand.
  • Infrastructure needed. Convexity of parametric infima, interchange of one-sided derivatives with expectations, conditioning on products of independent coordinates, and Hoeffding's inequality (one-sided, in Mathlib in sub-Gaussian form). The model, shadow program and estimator definitions are reusable for other inventory and sampled dynamic-programming results. Proofs of any milestone, including partial results such as the single-stage case T=1T = 1T=1, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Levi, R. O. Roundy, D. B. Shmoys, Provably Near-Optimal Sampling-Based Policies for Stochastic Inventory Control Models, Mathematics of Operations Research 32(4):821–839, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1070.0272
  • P. H. Zipkin, Foundations of Inventory Management, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58(301):13–30, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: Shuze Chen

Average Cost Markov Decision Processes with Weakly Continuous Transition Probabilities: Assumptions (W*) and (B̲) Give the Average Cost Optimality Inequality and a Stationary Optimal PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) with the average cost per unit time criterion models a controller who runs a stochastic system indefinitely and cares about long-run cost rather than any finite horizon: inventory control, queueing control, and maintenance are standard examples. The basic questions are whether an optimal policy exists, whether it can be taken stationary (a fixed measurable rule ϕ(x)\phi(x)ϕ(x)), and whether it is characterized by an average cost optimality inequality (ACOI).

For uncountable state spaces the classical answer is Schäl's (Math. Oper. Res. 18, 1993), under weak continuity of the transition probabilities, compact action sets, and a uniform bound on the relative discounted values. Hernández-Lerma replaced compactness by inf-compactness of the cost in the action, but under setwise continuity; Feinberg and Lewis (Math. Oper. Res. 32, 2007) allowed noncompact actions under weak continuity, at the price of inf-compactness of the cost in state and action jointly plus a local boundedness condition. That joint inf-compactness excludes bounded costs on unbounded state spaces, the setting of Ross and of Dynkin and Yushkevich. Feinberg, Kasyanov and Zadoianchuk (Math. Oper. Res. 37(4), 2012) remove both restrictions.

Setting

The state space X\mathbb XX and action space A\mathbb AA are Borel subsets of Polish spaces. Each state xxx has a nonempty Borel set A(x)⊆AA(x)\subseteq\mathbb AA(x)⊆A of available actions; the graph Gr(A)={(x,a):a∈A(x)}\mathrm{Gr}(A)=\{(x,a):a\in A(x)\}Gr(A)={(x,a):a∈A(x)} is Borel and has a measurable selector. Choosing aaa at xxx costs c(x,a)∈(−∞,+∞]c(x,a)\in(-\infty,+\infty]c(x,a)∈(−∞,+∞] (bounded below, measurable) and moves the system according to a transition probability q(⋅∣x,a)q(\cdot\mid x,a)q(⋅∣x,a). A policy π\piπ is a sequence of randomized, history-dependent decision rules concentrated on A(xn)A(x_n)A(xn​); the set of stationary policies F\mathbb FF consists of Borel maps ϕ\phiϕ with ϕ(x)∈A(x)\phi(x)\in A(x)ϕ(x)∈A(x).

For α∈[0,1)\alpha\in[0,1)α∈[0,1) the discounted cost is vαπ(x)=Exπ∑n≥0αnc(xn,an)v^\pi_\alpha(x)=\mathbb E^\pi_x\sum_{n\ge0}\alpha^n c(x_n,a_n)vαπ​(x)=Exπ​∑n≥0​αnc(xn​,an​) and the average cost is wπ(x)=lim sup⁡N→∞1NExπ∑n<Nc(xn,an)w^\pi(x)=\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\mathbb E^\pi_x\sum_{n<N}c(x_n,a_n)wπ(x)=limsupN→∞​N1​Exπ​∑n<N​c(xn​,an​). Optimal values are infima over all policies: vα(x)v_\alpha(x)vα​(x), w(x)w(x)w(x), and w∗=inf⁡xw(x)w^*=\inf_x w(x)w∗=infx​w(x). Put mα=inf⁡xvα(x)m_\alpha=\inf_x v_\alpha(x)mα​=infx​vα​(x), the relative discounted value uα=vα−mαu_\alpha=v_\alpha-m_\alphauα​=vα​−mα​, and wˉ=lim sup⁡α↑1(1−α)mα\bar w=\limsup_{\alpha\uparrow1}(1-\alpha)m_\alphawˉ=limsupα↑1​(1−α)mα​.

The assumptions are:

  • (W*): (i) ccc is lower semicontinuous on Gr(A)\mathrm{Gr}(A)Gr(A); (ii) if xn→xx_n\to xxn​→x in X\mathbb XX, an∈A(xn)a_n\in A(x_n)an​∈A(xn​) and c(xn,an)c(x_n,a_n)c(xn​,an​) is bounded above, then (an)(a_n)(an​) has a limit point in A(x)A(x)A(x); (iii) q(⋅∣x,a)q(\cdot\mid x,a)q(⋅∣x,a) is weakly continuous in (x,a)∈Gr(A)(x,a)\in\mathrm{Gr}(A)(x,a)∈Gr(A).
  • (B̲): w∗<∞w^*<\inftyw∗<∞, and lim inf⁡α↑1uα(x)<∞\liminf_{\alpha\uparrow1}u_\alpha(x)<\inftyliminfα↑1​uα​(x)<∞ for every xxx.
  • (Wu): ccc is inf-compact on Gr(A)\mathrm{Gr}(A)Gr(A), and (W*)(iii) holds.

The candidate relative value function is the joint lower limit

u(x)=lim inf⁡α↑1,  y→xuα(y),u(x)=\liminf_{\alpha\uparrow1,\;y\to x}u_\alpha(y),u(x)=α↑1,y→xliminf​uα​(y),

and the candidate optimal actions are A∗(x)={a∈A(x): wˉ+u(x)≥c(x,a)+∫Xu(y) q(dy∣x,a)}A^*(x)=\{a\in A(x):\ \bar w+u(x)\ge c(x,a)+\int_{\mathbb X}u(y)\,q(dy\mid x,a)\}A∗(x)={a∈A(x): wˉ+u(x)≥c(x,a)+∫X​u(y)q(dy∣x,a)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

Under (W*) and (B̲) there is ϕ∈F\phi\in\mathbb Fϕ∈F with

wˉ+u(x) ≥ c(x,ϕ(x))+∫Xu(y) q(dy∣x,ϕ(x)),x∈X,\bar w+u(x)\ \ge\ c(x,\phi(x))+\int_{\mathbb X}u(y)\,q(dy\mid x,\phi(x)),\qquad x\in\mathbb X,wˉ+u(x) ≥ c(x,ϕ(x))+∫X​u(y)q(dy∣x,ϕ(x)),x∈X,

and for it w(x)=wϕ(x)=lim sup⁡α↑1(1−α)vα(x)=wˉ=w∗w(x)=w^\phi(x)=\limsup_{\alpha\uparrow1}(1-\alpha)v_\alpha(x)=\bar w=w^*w(x)=wϕ(x)=limsupα↑1​(1−α)vα​(x)=wˉ=w∗ for all xxx. Moreover (a) uuu is finite and lower semicontinuous; (b) each A∗(x)A^*(x)A∗(x) is nonempty and compact and Gr(A∗)\mathrm{Gr}(A^*)Gr(A∗) is Borel; (c) every ϕ∈F\phi\in\mathbb Fϕ∈F selecting from A∗A^*A∗ is average cost optimal and satisfies the inequality; (d) some ϕ∈F\phi\in\mathbb Fϕ∈F selects from the minimizer sets A∗(x)⊆A∗(x)A_*(x)\subseteq A^*(x)A∗​(x)⊆A∗(x) of a↦c(x,a)+∫u dqa\mapsto c(x,a)+\int u\,dqa↦c(x,a)+∫udq; (e) under (Wu), uuu is inf-compact.

Milestones

In the paper's order: Theorem 1 (the inequality with wˉ\bar wwˉ implies optimality), Lemma 2 (inf-compactness in the action), Lemma 3 (lower semicontinuity of the minimal value and a Borel minimizer), Lemma 4 (a Fatou lemma for weakly converging measures, already on the platform as Schäl's Lemma 2.3(ii)), Theorem 2 (i), (iv)–(vi) (the discounted problem under (W*)), Lemma 6 (semicontinuity of uuu, uαu_\alphauα​ and the auxiliary u‾α\underline u_\alphau​α​), Corollary 1, and Lemma 7, the ACOI itself. Schäl's inequality w‾≤wˉ≤w∗<∞\underline w\le\bar w\le w^*<\inftyw​≤wˉ≤w∗<∞ is referenced as an existing platform item.

Significance

Theorem 3 gives stationary average-cost optimal policies for weakly continuous MDPs with noncompact action sets and costs that need not be inf-compact in the state, which covers bounded costs on unbounded state spaces and inventory models whose holding costs do not grow without bound. Assumption (B̲) asks only for a finite lower limit of uα(x)u_\alpha(x)uα​(x) as α↑1\alpha\uparrow1α↑1, weaker than Schäl's uniform bound. The approach was extended to partially observable MDPs and to later work on the average cost optimality equation, which builds on exactly these objects.

The theorem is proved in the literature; nothing here is open mathematically. What the mission adds is a machine-checked proof of the full chain from measurable selection and semicontinuity through the vanishing-discount limit, for Borel spaces and history-dependent randomized policies. Reading the proofs closely has turned up three printed statements that are false as written (see Beyond the paper); a formal development settles exactly which hypotheses each step needs.

Difficulty

The obvious route takes a limit of discount-optimal policies ϕαn\phi_{\alpha_n}ϕαn​​ as αn↑1\alpha_n\uparrow1αn​↑1. With noncompact A(x)A(x)A(x) such a sequence need not have any limit point; (W*)(ii) supplies one only when the costs along it stay bounded, and that has to be extracted from the relative values. The second obstacle is that uαu_\alphauα​ is controlled only through its lower limit at each point, so uuu is a joint lower limit in (α,y)(\alpha,y)(α,y) and passing it under ∫⋅ dq\int\cdot\,dq∫⋅dq requires a Fatou-type lemma for weakly converging measures rather than dominated convergence. Finally, selecting a Borel ϕ\phiϕ from the sets A∗(x)A^*(x)A∗(x) requires a uniformization theorem for Borel sets with σ\sigmaσ-compact sections (Arsenin–Kunugui), which Mathlib does not have.

Formalization scope

The spaces are types with a separable metrizable topology whose Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra is standard Borel (by Lusin–Souslin, exactly the Borel subsets of Polish spaces up to homeomorphism). The model reuses the published definitions FeinbergLiang_ACOE_MDP (policies, path measures via Ionescu–Tulcea, discounted and average costs) and SchalAvg_AvgOpt_Model (action sets, admissible policies, vαv_\alphavα​, mαm_\alphamα​, uαu_\alphauα​, wˉ\bar wwˉ, w∗w^*w∗, Assumption (G)). Conventions:

  • the cost takes values in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞]; the paper's bounded-below cost reduces to this by adding a constant, which changes none of the statements (p. 595);
  • qqq is a Markov kernel on all of X×A\mathbb X\times\mathbb AX×A; only its values on Gr(A)\mathrm{Gr}(A)Gr(A) enter;
  • functions such as uuu are [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞]-valued, and the paper's "u:X→R+u:\mathbb X\to\mathbb R_+u:X→R+​" is stated as u(x)≠+∞u(x)\neq+\inftyu(x)=+∞ for every xxx;
  • α↑1\alpha\uparrow1α↑1 is the left neighbourhood filter of 111; uuu is the lower limit along N<(1)×N(x)\mathcal N_{<}(1)\times\mathcal N(x)N<​(1)×N(x), with y=xy=xy=x allowed;
  • "min" is stated as an attained infimum;
  • the existence of a measurable selector of AAA is the hypothesis HasSelector.

Optimal values are infima over all admissible (randomized, history-dependent) policies, not over stationary ones. uuu is the fixed function (21), never a free parameter. All four equalities of (10) are stated for every xxx. (W*), (Wu) and (B̲) constrain ccc and qqq on Gr(A)\mathrm{Gr}(A)Gr(A) only. A statement that ranged over a smaller policy class, left uuu free, kept a single equality, or imposed continuity on all of X×A\mathbb X\times\mathbb AX×A would be a different and easier theorem.

A complete development needs: semicontinuity and inf-compactness calculus for [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued functions; lower semicontinuity of μ↦∫f dμ\mu\mapsto\int f\,d\muμ↦∫fdμ under weak convergence for lower semicontinuous fff; the Arsenin–Kunugui uniformization theorem; discounted dynamic programming on Borel spaces; and an Abelian/Tauberian comparison of lim sup⁡(1−α)vα\limsup(1-\alpha)v_\alphalimsup(1−α)vα​ with Cesàro averages. The first three are reusable well beyond MDPs. Contributions to any milestone, or to these libraries, are welcome.

Beyond the paper. Three corrected variants are posed beside the faithful statements, which stay as printed. Lemma 2, corrected: as printed it assumes only (W*)(ii) (and (iii)), but without lower semicontinuity of ccc a level set such as (0,1](0,1](0,1] need not be compact; the variant adds (W*)(i). Lemma 3, corrected: u∗∈L(X)u^*\in L(\mathbb X)u∗∈L(X) can fail because u∗u^*u∗ may be identically +∞+\infty+∞ for some u∈L(X)u\in L(\mathbb X)u∈L(X); the variant asserts lower semicontinuity only. Corollary 1, corrected: the joint limit lim⁡n→∞, y→xu‾αn(y)\lim_{n\to\infty,\,y\to x}\underline u_{\alpha_n}(y)limn→∞,y→x​u​αn​​(y) need not exist (a one-action example with an indicator cost); the variant uses the lower limit, which is what the proof computes and what Lemma 7 uses. A misprint in the proof of Lemma 3 (p. 598, Gr(A)\mathrm{Gr}(A)Gr(A) for Gr(A∗)\mathrm{Gr}(A_*)Gr(A∗​)) does not affect its statement.

Selected references

  • E. A. Feinberg, P. O. Kasyanov, N. V. Zadoianchuk, Average cost Markov decision processes with weakly continuous transition probabilities, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(4):591–607, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0555
  • M. Schäl, Average optimality in dynamic programming with general state space, Mathematics of Operations Research 18(1):163–172, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.1.163
  • E. A. Feinberg, M. E. Lewis, Optimality inequalities for average cost Markov decision processes and the stochastic cash balance problem, Mathematics of Operations Research 32(4):769–783, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1070.0269
  • O. Hernández-Lerma, J. B. Lasserre, Discrete-Time Markov Control Processes: Basic Optimality Criteria, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0729-0
  • A. S. Kechris, Classical Descriptive Set Theory, Springer, 1995 (Arsenin–Kunugui theorem, p. 297). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-4190-4
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On-Demand Delivery from Stores: Dynamic Dispatching and Routing with Random Demand I: The Approximation APT Bounds the Expected Cost-to-Go from Below and Above and Is Exact in the Last PeriodResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers and restaurants increasingly deliver orders from their own stores within an hour or less. Orders arrive throughout the day, a fixed pool of drivers is based at the store, and in each dispatch wave the operator must decide how many drivers to send out now and along which routes. Sending many drivers now gives short delivery times for the current orders but leaves few drivers for orders that arrive while those drivers are still on the road. Liu and Luo (arXiv:2107.13058, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2023) model this trade-off as a finite-horizon stochastic dynamic program and propose a rollout policy built on a tractable approximation of its cost-to-go. Their Theorem 1 justifies the approximation: with suitable parameters it lies below the true expected cost-to-go, with other parameters it lies between that cost and the cost of any feasible simple policy, and in the last period it is exact. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

A store (the depot 000) serves a finite set I\mathcal II of customer locations over NNN periods with strictly increasing decision epochs t1<⋯<tNt_1 < \dots < t_Nt1​<⋯<tN​. A fleet of Kˉ\bar KKˉ drivers carries at most QQQ items per trip; travel times τ(i,j)≥0\tau(i,j) \ge 0τ(i,j)≥0, an on-site service time s≥0s \ge 0s≥0 and a delivery target Lmax⁡L_{\max}Lmax​ are given. At epoch tnt_ntn​ the operator observes the demand of period nnn: the set In⊆I\mathcal I^n \subseteq \mathcal IIn⊆I of locations with an order and the quantities qinq^n_iqin​, drawn from a finitely supported law Qn\mathbb Q^nQn, independently across periods.

The driver status ζn=(ζ1n,…,ζNn)\zeta^n = (\zeta^n_1,\dots,\zeta^n_N)ζn=(ζ1n​,…,ζNn​) records how many drivers are still en route in each period n′n'n′ because of earlier dispatches, so Kˉ−ζnn\bar K - \zeta^n_nKˉ−ζnn​ drivers are available at tnt_ntn​. A decision YnY^nYn is a set of depot-to-depot routes 0→i1→⋯→im→00 \to i_1 \to \dots \to i_m \to 00→i1​→⋯→im​→0, one per dispatched driver. It is feasible if it uses at most Kˉ−ζnn\bar K - \zeta^n_nKˉ−ζnn​ drivers, serves every current order exactly once, loads at most QQQ items per route, and delivers every order within Lmax⁡L_{\max}Lmax​. The delivery times are ui1=τ(0,i1)u_{i_1} = \tau(0,i_1)ui1​​=τ(0,i1​) and uik+1=uik+s+τ(ik,ik+1)u_{i_{k+1}} = u_{i_k} + s + \tau(i_k,i_{k+1})uik+1​​=uik​​+s+τ(ik​,ik+1​); the cost of YnY^nYn is ∑i∈Inui(Yn)\sum_{i \in \mathcal I^n} u_i(Y^n)∑i∈In​ui​(Yn). A driver whose route lasts longer than tn′−tnt_{n'} - t_ntn′​−tn​ is counted as en route in period n′n'n′; this is the transition (9) from ζn\zeta^nζn to ζn+1\zeta^{n+1}ζn+1.

The cost-to-go Hn(In,qn,ζn)\mathcal H_n(\mathcal I^n, q^n, \zeta^n)Hn​(In,qn,ζn) is the minimum over feasible YnY^nYn of the period's cost plus EQn+1[Hn+1]\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^{n+1}}[\mathcal H_{n+1}]EQn+1​[Hn+1​] at the resulting status, with HN\mathcal H_NHN​ the period cost alone ((7)–(8)). The single-period cost Hs(K,In,qn)\mathcal H^s(K, \mathcal I^n, q^n)Hs(K,In,qn) is the minimum cost of serving the demand with at most KKK drivers.

The approximation APTn(ζn)\mathbf{APT}^n(\zeta^n)APTn(ζn) (10) replaces the future by single-period problems coupled only through driver counts:

VAPTn(ζn)=min⁡Kn′∈N∑n′=nNEQn′[Hs(Kn′,In′,qn′)]  s.t.  ∑m=nn′ωmn′(Km)≤Kˉ−ζn′n,  n′=n,…,N,V^n_{APT}(\zeta^n) = \min_{K^{n'} \in \mathbb N} \sum_{n'=n}^{N} \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^{n'}}\big[\mathcal H^s(K^{n'}, \mathcal I^{n'}, q^{n'})\big] \ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \sum_{m=n}^{n'} \omega^{n'}_m(K^m) \le \bar K - \zeta^n_{n'},\ \ n' = n,\dots,N,VAPTn​(ζn)=Kn′∈Nmin​n′=n∑N​EQn′​[Hs(Kn′,In′,qn′)]  s.t.  m=n∑n′​ωmn′​(Km)≤Kˉ−ζn′n​,  n′=n,…,N,

where ωn′n′(K)=K\omega^{n'}_{n'}(K) = Kωn′n′​(K)=K and the nonnegative parameters ωmn′(Km)\omega^{n'}_m(K^m)ωmn′​(Km), m<n′m < n'm<n′, estimate how many of the KmK^mKm drivers dispatched in period mmm are still en route in period n′n'n′. A static myopic policy dispatches a state-independent number Kn′,smK^{n',sm}Kn′,sm of drivers in each period and routes them to minimize the single-period cost; it is feasible from (n,ζn)(n,\zeta^n)(n,ζn) if it never asks for more drivers than are available and its single-period problems are always feasible.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 13)

For 1≤n≤N1 \le n \le N1≤n≤N and a status with ζn′n≤Kˉ\zeta^n_{n'} \le \bar Kζn′n​≤Kˉ:

∃ ω: VAPTn(ζn;ω)≤EQn[Hn],∀ πsm feasible ∃ ω: EQn[Hn]≤VAPTn(ζn;ω)≤Jn(πsm),\exists\,\omega:\ V^n_{APT}(\zeta^n;\omega) \le \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^n}[\mathcal H_n], \qquad \forall\,\pi^{sm}\ \text{feasible}\ \exists\,\omega:\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^n}[\mathcal H_n] \le V^n_{APT}(\zeta^n;\omega) \le J_n(\pi^{sm}),∃ω: VAPTn​(ζn;ω)≤EQn​[Hn​],∀πsm feasible ∃ω: EQn​[Hn​]≤VAPTn​(ζn;ω)≤Jn​(πsm),

and VAPTN(ζ;ω)=EQN[HN(⋅,ζ)]V^N_{APT}(\zeta;\omega) = \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^N}[\mathcal H_N(\cdot,\zeta)]VAPTN​(ζ;ω)=EQN​[HN​(⋅,ζ)] for every ω\omegaω.

Milestones (Appendix D, pp. 34–35, and Lemma 1, p. 12)

  1. With ωmn′≡0\omega^{n'}_m \equiv 0ωmn′​≡0 for m<n′m < n'm<n′: VAPTn=∑n′E[Hs(Kˉ−ζn′n)]≤E[Hn]V^n_{APT} = \sum_{n'} \mathbb E[\mathcal H^s(\bar K - \zeta^n_{n'})] \le \mathbb E[\mathcal H_n]VAPTn​=∑n′​E[Hs(Kˉ−ζn′n​)]≤E[Hn​].
  2. For n<Nn < Nn<N and a feasible static myopic policy: E[Hn]≤Jn(πsm)\mathbb E[\mathcal H_n] \le J_n(\pi^{sm})E[Hn​]≤Jn​(πsm), and some ω\omegaω gives VAPTn=Jn(πsm)V^n_{APT} = J_n(\pi^{sm})VAPTn​=Jn​(πsm).
  3. At n=Nn = Nn=N: E[HN]=min⁡KN≤Kˉ−ζNNE[Hs(KN,⋅)]\mathbb E[\mathcal H_N] = \min_{K^N \le \bar K - \zeta^N_N} \mathbb E[\mathcal H^s(K^N,\cdot)]E[HN​]=minKN≤Kˉ−ζNN​​E[Hs(KN,⋅)].
  4. Lemma 1: Hn\mathcal H_nHn​ and, for nonnegative ω\omegaω, VAPTnV^n_{APT}VAPTn​ are nondecreasing in ζn\zeta^nζn.

Significance

The rollout policy AJRP of the paper solves, at each epoch, the current routing problem together with APTn+1\mathbf{APT}^{n+1}APTn+1 as a stand-in for the future. Theorem 1 is what connects that stand-in to the dynamic program: it shows that the en route parameters move the approximation between a valid lower bound and the cost of an implementable policy, and its exactness part yields the paper's Corollary 1 (AJRP is optimal for N=2N = 2N=2). Lemma 1 shows the approximation keeps the monotonicity of the true value in the driver status.

The paper's proofs are in its Online Appendix (Appendix D). They are short but informal, and the formal statement here differs from the printed one in three pinned-down respects: the single-period cost is read with at most KKK drivers, as the proofs use it; the upper bound is capped by the policy's cost, since otherwise it is vacuous; and the parameter choice printed for the upper bound has to be corrected in the last period. No part of the result has a machine-checked proof. A formal proof makes these readings definitive, and it produces a reusable Lean model of multi-period dispatching with routes, en route drivers and a Bellman recursion over a random demand.

Difficulty

Every part is a backward induction on the remaining periods, but the inductions run over a state that grows: the status ζn+1\zeta^{n+1}ζn+1 depends on the durations of the routes chosen in period nnn, and the infimum in (7) is over finite lists of routes, not over a finite action set. The lower bound needs that a larger status can only raise the cost; the upper bound needs that a policy which is feasible on its reachable states stays feasible after every realized demand. Exchanging the expectation with the minimum over the driver count in the last period is not a general fact and holds only because the single-period cost is nonincreasing in the number of available drivers. The obvious choice of parameters for the upper bound, the one printed in the proof, does not bound the last period's count and fails.

Formalization scope

Locations are a type with the depot as none; periods are 1-based natural numbers and every statement carries 1≤n≤N1 \le n \le N1≤n≤N. Costs and values lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; every minimum is an infimum, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ on an empty feasible set; expectations are sums against the probability mass function of Qn\mathbb Q^nQn. A decision is a list of nonempty routes covering the current orders exactly once. The parameters ω\omegaω are nonnegative reals by their type, with the diagonal ωn′n′(K)=K\omega^{n'}_{n'}(K) = Kωn′n′​(K)=K written into (10). The available drivers in the dynamic program are Kˉ−ζnn\bar K - \zeta^n_nKˉ−ζnn​ in N\mathbb NN; in APT the right-hand side is the real Kˉ−ζn′n\bar K - \zeta^n_{n'}Kˉ−ζn′n​.

Standing assumptions, shared by every statement: N≥1N \ge 1N≥1; strictly increasing epochs; finitely supported, period-independent demand laws; qin=0q^n_i = 0qin​=0 off In\mathcal I^nIn. Added hypothesis: ζn′n≤Kˉ\zeta^n_{n'} \le \bar Kζn′n​≤Kˉ for n≤n′≤Nn \le n' \le Nn≤n′≤N (the en route drivers belong to the fleet). Disclosed readings: travel times do not depend on the period; delivery times follow the recursion of Appendix C with equality, starting from the depot leg; a policy's expected cost is defined recursively along its decisions.

Ruled out: defining HN\mathcal H_NHN​ or Hs\mathcal H^sHs through the APT objective (exactness would become definitional); decision sets that may leave orders unserved (every cost would vanish); an upper bound without the cap by the policy's cost; negative parameters ω\omegaω.

The development needs the model and its recursion (provided as one definition file), monotonicity of Hs\mathcal H^sHs in KKK, and induction principles for the well-founded recursions. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome; Lemma 1 is not used by the paper's proof of Theorem 1 but is a natural first step.

Selected references

  • S. Liu, Z. Luo, On-Demand Delivery from Stores: Dynamic Dispatching and Routing with Random Demand, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2023; preprint arXiv:2107.13058v3, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2107.13058
  • W. B. Powell, Approximate Dynamic Programming: Solving the Curses of Dimensionality, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118029176
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Vol. I, 4th ed., Athena Scientific, 2017 (rollout policies, Ch. 6).
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Solving Multistage Stochastic Programs with Coherent Risk Measures: The Inner-Approximation Policy's Nested Risk-Adjusted Cost Is at Most the Upper Bound yResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic linear programs model decisions taken over time under uncertainty: reservoir releases in hydro-thermal scheduling, production and inventory plans, capacity expansion. Their standard solution method, stochastic dual dynamic programming (SDDP, Pereira and Pinto 1991), approximates each stage's cost-to-go function from below by cutting planes. This gives a lower bound on the optimal value and a candidate policy, but no guaranteed upper bound: in the risk-neutral case the policy's expected cost is estimated by Monte Carlo simulation.

Planners who are averse to risk replace the expectation in each stage by a coherent risk measure (Artzner, Delbaen, Eber and Heath 1999), nested stage by stage so that the resulting dynamic risk measure is time consistent (Ruszczyński and Shapiro 2006). Under such a nested objective, simulation no longer estimates the cost of a policy: the nested risk of a policy is not an average over sampled scenarios. Philpott, de Matos and Finardi (2013) address this by an inner approximation of the cost-to-go functions from above, built from convex combinations of finitely many points with known upper bounds. Their Proposition 5 shows that the optimal value yyy of the resulting first-stage problem bounds the nested risk-adjusted cost of the policy defined by the inner approximation. This gives a deterministic upper bound that complements the SDDP lower bound, and they apply it to the Brazilian hydro-thermal system.

Setting

There are T≥2T\ge2T≥2 stages. The decision at stage ttt is xt∈Rnx_t\in\mathbb R^nxt​∈Rn; At,EtA_t,E_tAt​,Et​ are m×nm\times nm×n matrices and ct∈Rnc_t\in\mathbb R^nct​∈Rn. Stage 1 is deterministic: A1x1=b1A_1x_1=b_1A1​x1​=b1​. For t≥2t\ge2t≥2 a random outcome ωt\omega_tωt​ ranges over a finite set Ωt\Omega_tΩt​, independently of earlier stages, and enters through the right-hand side bt(ωt)b_t(\omega_t)bt​(ωt​). The feasible set of stage ttt given the previous decision xt−1x_{t-1}xt−1​ is

Xt(ωt)={xt≥0: Atxt=bt(ωt)−Etxt−1}.\mathcal X_t(\omega_t)=\{x_t\ge0:\ A_tx_t=b_t(\omega_t)-E_tx_{t-1}\}.Xt​(ωt​)={xt​≥0: At​xt​=bt​(ωt​)−Et​xt−1​}.

A coherent risk measure ρ\rhoρ maps random costs Z:Ω→RZ:\Omega\to\mathbb RZ:Ω→R to R\mathbb RR and is subadditive, monotone (Z1≤Z2⇒ρ(Z1)≤ρ(Z2)Z_1\le Z_2\Rightarrow\rho(Z_1)\le\rho(Z_2)Z1​≤Z2​⇒ρ(Z1​)≤ρ(Z2​)), positively homogeneous and translation equivariant (ρ(λ+Z)=λ+ρ(Z)\rho(\lambda+Z)=\lambda+\rho(Z)ρ(λ+Z)=λ+ρ(Z)). Larger is worse: these are costs. Each stage t≥2t\ge2t≥2 carries a one-step coherent risk measure ρt\rho_tρt​ on random costs over Ωt\Omega_tΩt​. It is extended to costs in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞} by ρˉt(Z)=+∞\bar\rho_t(Z)=+\inftyρˉ​t​(Z)=+∞ whenever some outcome has infinite cost.

For s=2,…,Ts=2,\dots,Ts=2,…,T fix points xs−11,…,xs−1Js−1x^1_{s-1},\dots,x^{J_{s-1}}_{s-1}xs−11​,…,xs−1Js−1​​ and numbers qs1,…,qsJs−1q^1_s,\dots,q^{J_{s-1}}_sqs1​,…,qsJs−1​​. The inner approximation is the lower boundary of the convex hull of the pairs (xs−1j,qsj)(x^j_{s-1},q^j_s)(xs−1j​,qsj​):

Q^s(x)=min⁡{∑jλjqsj: ∑jλjxs−1j=x, λ≥0, ∑jλj=1},\hat{\mathcal Q}_s(x)=\min\Big\{\sum_j\lambda^jq^j_s:\ \sum_j\lambda^jx^j_{s-1}=x,\ \lambda\ge0,\ \sum_j\lambda^j=1\Big\},Q^​s​(x)=min{j∑​λjqsj​: j∑​λjxs−1j​=x, λ≥0, j∑​λj=1},

which is +∞+\infty+∞ off the convex hull of the points, with Q^T+1≡0\hat{\mathcal Q}_{T+1}\equiv0Q^​T+1​≡0. The policy's stage problem (13) and the first-stage problem (8) are

qt(xt−1,ωt)=min⁡xt∈Xt(ωt)ct⊤xt+Q^t+1(xt),y=min⁡A1x1=b1c1⊤x1+Q^2(x1).q_t(x_{t-1},\omega_t)=\min_{x_t\in\mathcal X_t(\omega_t)}c_t^\top x_t+\hat{\mathcal Q}_{t+1}(x_t),\qquad y=\min_{A_1x_1=b_1}c_1^\top x_1+\hat{\mathcal Q}_2(x_1).qt​(xt−1​,ωt​)=xt​∈Xt​(ωt​)min​ct⊤​xt​+Q^​t+1​(xt​),y=A1​x1​=b1​min​c1⊤​x1​+Q^​2​(x1​).

The numbers qsjq^j_sqsj​ are upper bounds when qsj≥ρˉs(qs(xs−1j,ωs))q^j_s\ge\bar\rho_s\big(q_s(x^j_{s-1},\omega_s)\big)qsj​≥ρˉ​s​(qs​(xs−1j​,ωs​)) for all sss and jjj. A policy defined by the inner approximation, π^\hat\piπ^, takes at each state xt−1x_{t-1}xt−1​ and outcome ωt\omega_tωt​ an action x^t(xt−1,ωt)\hat x_t(x_{t-1},\omega_t)x^t​(xt−1​,ωt​) solving (13), and a first-stage action x^1\hat x_1x^1​ solving (8). The actual risk-adjusted cost of π^\hat\piπ^ over stages t,…,Tt,\dots,Tt,…,T is

v^t(xt−1,ωt)=ct⊤x^t+ρˉt+1(v^t+1(x^t,ωt+1)),\hat v_t(x_{t-1},\omega_t)=c_t^\top\hat x_t+\bar\rho_{t+1}\big(\hat v_{t+1}(\hat x_t,\omega_{t+1})\big),v^t​(xt−1​,ωt​)=ct⊤​x^t​+ρˉ​t+1​(v^t+1​(x^t​,ωt+1​)),

with no future term at t=Tt=Tt=T. The nested risk-adjusted cost of the policy is v(π^)=c1⊤x^1+ρˉ2(v^2(x^1,ω2))v(\hat\pi)=c_1^\top\hat x_1+\bar\rho_2(\hat v_2(\hat x_1,\omega_2))v(π^)=c1⊤​x^1​+ρˉ​2​(v^2​(x^1​,ω2​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

v(π^) ≤ y.v(\hat\pi)\ \le\ y.v(π^) ≤ y.

The bound holds for every T≥2T\ge2T≥2, every family of coherent ρt\rho_tρt​, every choice of points satisfying the upper-bound property, and every minimizing selection π^\hat\piπ^.

Milestones

  1. The convexity display of §2: subadditivity and positive homogeneity imply ρ(αZ1+(1−α)Z2)≤αρ(Z1)+(1−α)ρ(Z2)\rho(\alpha Z_1+(1-\alpha)Z_2)\le\alpha\rho(Z_1)+(1-\alpha)\rho(Z_2)ρ(αZ1​+(1−α)Z2​)≤αρ(Z1​)+(1−α)ρ(Z2​).
  2. Q^s\hat{\mathcal Q}_sQ^​s​ is the lower boundary of the convex hull H\mathcal HH of the pairs (xs−1j,qsj)(x^j_{s-1},q^j_s)(xs−1j​,qsj​) (its epigraph is H\mathcal HH plus the vertical half-line), hence convex with Q^s(xs−1j)≤qsj\hat{\mathcal Q}_s(x^j_{s-1})\le q^j_sQ^​s​(xs−1j​)≤qsj​, and every convex function bounded by the qsjq^j_sqsj​ at the points lies below Q^s\hat{\mathcal Q}_sQ^​s​.
  3. qt(⋅,ωt)q_t(\cdot,\omega_t)qt​(⋅,ωt​) is convex in xt−1x_{t-1}xt−1​.
  4. The interpolation bound ρˉt(qt(xt−1,ωt))≤Q^t(xt−1)\bar\rho_t\big(q_t(x_{t-1},\omega_t)\big)\le\hat{\mathcal Q}_t(x_{t-1})ρˉ​t​(qt​(xt−1​,ωt​))≤Q^​t​(xt−1​).
  5. The induction claim ρˉt(v^t(xt−1,ωt))≤Q^t(xt−1)\bar\rho_t\big(\hat v_t(x_{t-1},\omega_t)\big)\le\hat{\mathcal Q}_t(x_{t-1})ρˉ​t​(v^t​(xt−1​,ωt​))≤Q^​t​(xt−1​) for t=2,…,Tt=2,\dots,Tt=2,…,T and every xt−1x_{t-1}xt−1​.

Companions

Proposition 3, the risk-neutral case ρt=E\rho_t=\mathbb Eρt​=E. Proposition 4, the subgradient rule ∑mpmζ~mg(x~,ωm)∈∂xρ(Z(x,ω))\sum_mp_m\tilde\zeta_mg(\tilde x,\omega_m)\in\partial_x\rho(Z(x,\omega))∑m​pm​ζ~​m​g(x~,ωm​)∈∂x​ρ(Z(x,ω)) for ρ\rhoρ given by its dual representation. The existence of a policy π^\hat\piπ^, which shows that the hypotheses of the goal can be met.

Significance

Proposition 5 makes the inner approximation a certificate. Any policy computed by minimizing against Q^t+1\hat{\mathcal Q}_{t+1}Q^​t+1​ has nested risk-adjusted cost at most yyy, a number obtained by solving one linear program. Together with the lower bound zzz from outer approximation it brackets the risk-adjusted optimal value. The gap y−zy-zy−z then measures the quality of a risk-averse SDDP policy without simulation, which the nested objective does not allow. The bound covers every coherent nesting used in practice, such as mixtures of expectation and CVaR.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is machine-checked. A formalization adds a precise account of the infinite values the paper does not discuss: infeasible stages, points outside the convex hull, and the extension of ρt\rho_tρt​ to +∞+\infty+∞. It also pins down the exact form of the upper-bound hypothesis the induction needs.

Difficulty

The obvious reading of the hypothesis on p. 16, "qt+1jq^j_{t+1}qt+1j​ is an upper bound on ρt+1(Qt+1(xtj,ωt+1))\rho_{t+1}(Q_{t+1}(x^j_t,\omega_{t+1}))ρt+1​(Qt+1​(xtj​,ωt+1​))" with the true value function Qt+1Q_{t+1}Qt+1​, does not support the induction. The policy π^\hat\piπ^ does not act optimally, so its cost can exceed the true value, and the inductive step compares v^t\hat v_tv^t​ with the policy's own stage value qtq_tqt​, not with QtQ_tQt​. The hypothesis that works bounds the risk-adjusted optimal value of the policy's stage problem (13) at the points, which is what the paper's Upper Bound Computation actually computes.

The second difficulty is infinite values, which the paper never discusses. A risk measure is defined on real random costs, yet stage problems can be infeasible, Q^s\hat{\mathcal Q}_sQ^​s​ is +∞+\infty+∞ off a convex hull, and a convex combination may put zero weight on a point whose bound is +∞+\infty+∞. Every inequality of the paper has to be re-read in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}, and the extended-real arithmetic must not silently produce a value the paper does not intend.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, all stages share nnn and mmm, and costs that may be infinite are EReal. Minima are EReal infima, +∞+\infty+∞ on an empty set. Attainment of a minimum is never built into a definition: the policy is a selection with a minimizing property, required at every state where the stage problem is feasible. Stages are natural numbers. Points and bounds are indexed by the stage sss of the function Q^s\hat{\mathcal Q}_sQ^​s​ they define, so pts s j is xs−1jx^j_{s-1}xs−1j​ and qv s j is qsjq^j_sqsj​. Stagewise independence is built in: ωt\omega_tωt​ ranges over Ωt\Omega_tΩt​ whatever happened before.

Standing assumptions made explicit in the statements:

  • T≥2T\ge2T≥2;
  • ρt\rho_tρt​ coherent for t=2,…,Tt=2,\dots,Tt=2,…,T (all four axioms, though the proof uses only monotonicity and convexity);
  • the terminal convention ρT+1(QT+1)=0\rho_{T+1}(Q_{T+1})=0ρT+1​(QT+1​)=0, so Q^T+1≡0\hat{\mathcal Q}_{T+1}\equiv0Q^​T+1​≡0;
  • (8) without the constraint x1≥0x_1\ge0x1​≥0, as printed;
  • the upper-bound hypothesis in the form above.

The risk measures ρt\rho_tρt​ act on real random costs and are extended by ρˉt(Z)=+∞\bar\rho_t(Z)=+\inftyρˉ​t​(Z)=+∞ when some outcome has infinite cost. In Proposition 4, ρ\rhoρ is given by its dual representation (10); the representation theorem itself is not part of the mission. The existence statement adds solvability of A1x1=b1A_1x_1=b_1A1​x1​=b1​ and boundedness below of the last-stage program, without which (8) or the last stage has no solution.

The goal is not to be trivialized. Its hypotheses mention neither v^t\hat v_tv^t​ nor the induction claim; the policy must minimize at every feasible state, not only along visited states; and the statement is for general TTT and general coherent ρt\rho_tρt​, not the expectation. The bound is trivially true when y=+∞y=+\inftyy=+∞ and is informative when x^1\hat x_1x^1​ lies in the convex hull of the stage-1 points.

A complete development needs:

  • convexity of extended-real linear-programming value functions in their right-hand side;
  • convexity of the convex-hull function Q^\hat{\mathcal Q}Q^​;
  • finite Jensen-type inequalities for monotone convex risk measures;
  • linear-programming attainment, for the existence companion.

The first two are reusable for any SDDP-type development. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. B. Philpott, V. L. de Matos, E. Finardi, On Solving Multistage Stochastic Programs with Coherent Risk Measures, Operations Research 61(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2013.1175
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber, D. Heath, Coherent Measures of Risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
  • A. Ruszczyński, A. Shapiro, Conditional Risk Mappings, Mathematics of Operations Research 31(3), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1060.0204
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Mathematical Programming 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. Shapiro, Analysis of stochastic dual dynamic programming method, European Journal of Operational Research 209(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes 2: The Affine Reward-to-Go Semidefinite Program Is Exact for One Quadratic Constraint and Conservative for SeveralResearch Paper

Why evaluate a policy against an ambiguous transition kernel

A Markov decision process (MDP) evaluates a policy by its expected discounted reward, which requires the transition probabilities. In practice these are estimated from data, and the optimal policy of the estimated model can perform badly under the true kernel. Robust MDPs replace the kernel by an ambiguity set of kernels and judge a policy by its worst-case expected reward over that set (Satia–Lave 1973; Nilim–El Ghaoui 2005; Iyengar 2005).

Robust evaluation is tractable when the ambiguity set is rectangular, meaning that the kernels of different states (or state–action pairs) can be chosen independently. Many natural ambiguity sets are not rectangular, for example confidence regions for jointly estimated parameters. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem (Math. Oper. Res. 2013) show that for general sets robust policy evaluation is NP-hard even to approximate (their Theorem 2.6). They then give a lower bound computable by semidefinite programming, which is the subject of this mission.

Timeline:

  • 1973: Satia and Lave pose MDPs with uncertain transition probabilities.
  • 2005: Nilim–El Ghaoui and Iyengar solve robust dynamic programming over (s, a)-rectangular sets with deterministic policies.
  • 2011: Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou develop affine (linear) decision rules with S-lemma reformulations in stochastic and robust optimization.
  • 2013: Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem treat s-rectangular and non-rectangular ambiguity sets with randomized policies. For the latter they give the affine approximation of their Theorem 3.8.

The robust MDP with an affinely parametrized ambiguity set

There are finitely many states S\mathcal SS and actions A\mathcal AA. Choosing action aaa in state sss and moving to s′s's′ earns a reward r(s,a,s′)≥0r(s,a,s')\ge 0r(s,a,s′)≥0. Rewards are discounted by λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1), and the initial state has distribution p0p_0p0​ in the probability simplex M(S)\mathcal M(\mathcal S)M(S). An unknown parameter ξ\xiξ lies in

Ξ:={ξ∈Rq:ξ⊤Ol ξ+ol⊤ξ+ωl≥0, l=1,…,L},\Xi := \{\xi\in\mathbb R^q : \xi^\top O_l\,\xi + o_l^\top\xi + \omega_l\ge 0,\ l=1,\dots,L\},Ξ:={ξ∈Rq:ξ⊤Ol​ξ+ol⊤​ξ+ωl​≥0, l=1,…,L},

where each OlO_lOl​ is symmetric with Ol⪯0O_l\preceq 0Ol​⪯0. The set Ξ\XiΞ is bounded and has a Slater point ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​, at which every constraint is strict. The transition probabilities depend affinely on ξ\xiξ: pξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa+Ksaξp^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a) = k_{sa}+K_{sa}\xipξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa​+Ksa​ξ, and this is a probability vector for every ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ.

A stationary randomized policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π fixes a distribution π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) over actions in each state. It induces the transition matrix P^ss′(ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a)\widehat P_{ss'}(\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)p^\xi(s'\mid s,a)Pss′​(ξ)=∑a​π(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a) and the expected rewards r^s(ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′)\widehat r_s(\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)\sum_{s'}p^\xi(s'\mid s,a)r(s,a,s')rs​(ξ)=∑a​π(a∣s)∑s′​pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′). The reward to-go is v(ξ)=∑t≥0[λP^(ξ)]tr^(ξ)v(\xi)=\sum_{t\ge0}[\lambda\widehat P(\xi)]^t\widehat r(\xi)v(ξ)=∑t≥0​[λP(ξ)]tr(ξ). Robust policy evaluation asks for inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤v(ξ)\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top v(\xi)infξ∈Ξ​p0⊤​v(ξ).

Fix π\piπ. The affine approximate policy evaluation problem restricts reward to-go functions to affine maps ϑ(ξ)=w+Wξ\vartheta(\xi)=w+W\xiϑ(ξ)=w+Wξ:

sup⁡w,W{inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤(w+Wξ):w+Wξ≤r^(ξ)+λP^(ξ)(w+Wξ)  ∀ξ∈Ξ}.(19)\sup_{w,W}\Big\{\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top(w+W\xi) : w+W\xi\le\widehat r(\xi)+\lambda\widehat P(\xi)(w+W\xi)\ \ \forall\xi\in\Xi\Big\}. \tag{19}w,Wsup​{ξ∈Ξinf​p0⊤​(w+Wξ):w+Wξ≤r(ξ)+λP(ξ)(w+Wξ)  ∀ξ∈Ξ}.(19)

The semidefinite program (20) maximizes τ\tauτ over (τ,w,W,γ,Γ)(\tau,w,W,\gamma,\Gamma)(τ,w,W,γ,Γ) with γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0 and Γ≥0\Gamma\ge0Γ≥0, subject to (1+q)×(1+q)(1+q)\times(1+q)(1+q)×(1+q) linear matrix inequalities. Constraint (20b) involves p0⊤w−τp_0^\top w-\taup0⊤​w−τ, W⊤p0W^\top p_0W⊤p0​ and the matrices Ql=[ωl12ol⊤12olOl]Q_l=\big[\begin{smallmatrix}\omega_l & \frac12 o_l^\top\\ \frac12 o_l & O_l\end{smallmatrix}\big]Ql​=[ωl​21​ol​​21​ol⊤​Ol​​]. Constraints (20c), one per state, involve ksak_{sa}ksa​, KsaK_{sa}Ksa​, rsa=(r(s,a,s′))s′r_{sa}=(r(s,a,s'))_{s'}rsa​=(r(s,a,s′))s′​, www, WWW and QlQ_lQl​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8

Let (τ∗,w∗,W∗,γ∗,Γ∗)(\tau^*,w^*,W^*,\gamma^*,\Gamma^*)(τ∗,w∗,W∗,γ∗,Γ∗) be an optimal solution of (20).

  • If L=1L=1L=1, then τ∗\tau^*τ∗ equals the supremum of (19), and ϑ∗(ξ)=w∗+W∗ξ\vartheta^*(\xi)=w^*+W^*\xiϑ∗(ξ)=w∗+W∗ξ is feasible and optimal in (19).
  • If L>1L>1L>1, then ϑ∗\vartheta^*ϑ∗ is feasible in (19), τ∗\tau^*τ∗ is a lower bound on the supremum of (19), and
inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤(w∗+W∗ξ)=τ∗.\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top(w^*+W^*\xi)=\tau^*.ξ∈Ξinf​p0⊤​(w∗+W∗ξ)=τ∗.

The theorem takes an optimal solution of (20) as given; it does not assert that (20) has one.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (c): every sub-solution w≤r^(ξ)+λP^(ξ)ww\le\widehat r(\xi)+\lambda\widehat P(\xi)ww≤r(ξ)+λP(ξ)w lies below v(ξ)v(\xi)v(ξ).
  2. Every feasible (w,W)(w,W)(w,W) of (19) satisfies w+Wξ≤rˉe/(1−λ)w+W\xi\le\bar r e/(1-\lambda)w+Wξ≤rˉe/(1−λ) on Ξ\XiΞ, where rˉ=max⁡r\bar r=\max rrˉ=maxr.
  3. Problem (19) is solvable.
  4. Proposition 3.7 (17), the approximate S-lemma: if some γ≥0\gamma\ge 0γ≥0 makes [σ12s⊤12sS]−∑lγlQl⪰0\big[\begin{smallmatrix}\sigma & \frac12 s^\top\\ \frac12 s & S\end{smallmatrix}\big]-\sum_l\gamma_lQ_l\succeq0[σ21​s​21​s⊤S​]−∑l​γl​Ql​⪰0, then ξ⊤Sξ+s⊤ξ+σ≥0\xi^\top S\xi+s^\top\xi+\sigma\ge0ξ⊤Sξ+s⊤ξ+σ≥0 on Ξ\XiΞ.
  5. The reverse implication of 4 when S⪰0S\succeq 0S⪰0.
  6. The reverse implication of 4 when L=1L=1L=1: the published S-procedure, reused here.
  7. The constraint τ≤p0⊤(w+Wξ)\tau\le p_0^\top(w+W\xi)τ≤p0⊤​(w+Wξ) on Ξ\XiΞ is equivalent to (20b).
  8. Constraint (20c) at sss implies the semi-infinite feasibility constraint of (19) at sss, with equivalence when L=1L=1L=1.

Significance

When the ambiguity set is not rectangular, the robust value of a policy cannot be approximated efficiently in general. Theorem 3.8 gives a certified lower bound τ∗\tau^*τ∗ on it, computable by a semidefinite program of size polynomial in ∣S∣|\mathcal S|∣S∣, ∣A∣|\mathcal A|∣A∣, qqq and LLL. Proposition 3.1 (c) makes (19) a restriction of the exact evaluation problem. For L=1L=1L=1, for example an ellipsoidal confidence region for ξ\xiξ, the bound is the best affine one. The paper uses the theorem to compare policies under non-rectangular ambiguity, and in Proposition 3.10 to show that the bound is tight for s-rectangular sets.

On the formal side, the theorems are proved in the paper, and none of them, nor Proposition 3.7, has been formalized before. The platform has the exact S-procedure for one constraint, reused here, and other S-lemma variants in other settings. It has no approximate S-lemma for several concave quadratic constraints, no convex-Farkas argument for S⪰0S\succeq 0S⪰0, and no robust MDP with an affine parametrization. A completed mission would give a machine-checked SDP reformulation of a semi-infinite constraint in a dynamic programming setting.

Difficulty

Each direction rests on a different fact. The step from (20) to (19) is the elementary direction of the S-lemma, applied state by state and then combined with the objective's epigraph constraint. Showing that the bound is attained for L=1L=1L=1 needs four further facts:

  • Problem (19) has an optimal solution. Its feasible region is unbounded (adding a constant c≤0c\le0c≤0 to www preserves feasibility), so attainment needs the uniform bound of milestone 2 and a Slater ball inside Ξ\XiΞ.
  • The objective's epigraph constraint τ≤p0⊤(w+Wξ)\tau\le p_0^\top(w+W\xi)τ≤p0⊤​(w+Wξ) on Ξ\XiΞ and (20b) are exactly equivalent for every LLL, by convex Farkas (milestone 5).
  • (20c) is exact for L=1L=1L=1, by the lossless S-procedure.
  • The lower-right block λKsa⊤W\lambda K_{sa}^\top WλKsa⊤​W of (20c) is not symmetric.

A tempting shortcut is to treat (20c) as an ordinary positive semidefinite constraint on a symmetric matrix. That is wrong here: the matrix is not symmetric, and only its quadratic form carries meaning.

Formalization scope

Everything is finite-dimensional, and no measure theory is used.

  • Types. States and actions are nonempty finite types. A policy is π:S→A→R\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal A\to\mathbb Rπ:S→A→R with each π(s)\pi(s)π(s) a probability vector (the published IsPolicy). P^\widehat PP and r^\widehat rr are built from the published InducedTransition and InducedReward.
  • Reward to-go. vvv is defined by the matrix-power series (8). The paper defines it as an expectation (5) and cites that (5) equals (8).
  • The set Ξ\XiΞ. It is the set defined by the data (Ol,ol,ωl)(O_l,o_l,\omega_l)(Ol​,ol​,ωl​), with ωl\omega_lωl​ indexed by lll; the page prints ω\omegaω without the index in (3b). Boundedness, the Slater point and Ol⪯0O_l\preceq0Ol​⪯0 (as PosSemidef of −Ol-O_l−Ol​) are hypotheses.
  • Problem (19). Affine ϑ\varthetaϑ is encoded as (w,W)(w,W)(w,W), the paper's own (21). The objective is an infimum over the subtype Ξ\XiΞ, which is attained because Ξ\XiΞ is nonempty and compact. "The supremum of (19)" is the greatest element, or every upper bound, of the set of feasible objective values.
  • Block matrices. They have index type Unit ⊕ Fin q, with the scalar entry first. "A⪰0A\succeq0A⪰0" means x⊤Ax≥0x^\top Ax\ge0x⊤Ax≥0 for all xxx. This agrees with positive semidefiniteness on symmetric matrices and is the only faithful reading for (20c). Encoding (20c) with Mathlib's PosSemidef would make (20) infeasible and the goal vacuous, which is ruled out here. A verification instance with ∣S∣=2|\mathcal S|=2∣S∣=2, q=L=1q=L=1q=L=1 shows that the standing hypotheses hold and that (0,0,0,0,0)(0,0,0,0,0)(0,0,0,0,0) is feasible in (20).
  • The S-procedure reference. It puts the scalar entry last and uses the opposite sign convention. Applying it to (17) for L=1L=1L=1 takes a permutation congruence and negation.

Welcome contributions include:

  • the approximate S-lemma and the convex Farkas theorem of the alternative for several quadratic constraints, both reusable well beyond this mission;
  • Proposition 3.1 (c) (the comparison principle for discounted Markov reward processes);
  • compactness and attainment arguments for semi-infinite linear programs over Ξ\XiΞ.

Selected references

  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013; preprint Optimization Online 2610, revision of February 9, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Mathematical Programming 130(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49(3), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • L. Vandenberghe, S. Boyd, Semidefinite programming, SIAM Review 38(1), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1137/1038003
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Algorithms for Scheduling Runway Operations Under Constrained Position Shifting 3: Shortest Paths in the Discrete-Time Network Give Minimum-Cost Schedules Without the Triangle InequalityResearch Paper

Motivation

At a busy airport the runway is the bottleneck, and the order in which aircraft land or take off determines how much of its capacity is used. Wake turbulence forces a minimum time between consecutive operations that depends on the weight classes of the leading and trailing aircraft, so reordering a first-come-first-served (FCFS) queue can increase throughput or reduce delay. Controllers cannot reorder freely: constrained position shifting (CPS), introduced by Dear (1976, MIT Flight Transportation Laboratory Report R76-9), allows each aircraft to move at most kkk positions from its FCFS position, which keeps the sequence fair and predictable.

Balakrishnan and Chandran (Oper. Res. 58(6), 2010) cast CPS scheduling as dynamic programming on a layered network whose paths are the admissible sequences. For makespan and total delay the separations are assumed to satisfy the triangle inequality, which holds for arrivals only or departures only. When arrivals and departures share a runway it fails: in the separation table of the paper, a heavy arrival followed by a departure and then a small arrival needs only 75+60=13575+60=13575+60=135 seconds through the departure, while the direct requirement is 196196196 seconds. Section 6.2 of the paper handles this case for arbitrary per-aircraft cost functions, by expanding the network state. This mission formalizes that construction and its correctness.

Setting

Time is discrete: all data are integer multiples of one period. There are nnn aircraft labelled in FCFS order, a maximum shift kkk, a minimum separation δab∈N\delta_{ab}\in\mathbb Nδab​∈N between a leading aircraft aaa and a trailing aircraft bbb, a time window [ea,la][e_a,l_a][ea​,la​] for each aircraft, a finite set of precedence pairs (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) (xxx lands before yyy), and a cost ca(t)c_a(t)ca​(t) of landing aircraft aaa at period ttt.

A kkk-CPS sequence is a bijection σ\sigmaσ from positions to aircraft with ∣σ(p)−p∣≤k|\sigma(p)-p|\le k∣σ(p)−p∣≤k. A feasible schedule is a kkk-CPS sequence with integer landing times tpt_ptp​ such that precedence pairs are respected, eσ(p)≤tp≤lσ(p)e_{\sigma(p)}\le t_p\le l_{\sigma(p)}eσ(p)​≤tp​≤lσ(p)​, and

tq−tp ≥ δσ(p)σ(q)for all positions p<q.t_q-t_p\ \ge\ \delta_{\sigma(p)\sigma(q)}\qquad\text{for all positions } p<q .tq​−tp​ ≥ δσ(p)σ(q)​for all positions p<q.

Its cost is ∑pcσ(p)(tp)\sum_p c_{\sigma(p)}(t_p)∑p​cσ(p)​(tp​).

The CPS network has stages 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n. A node of stage ppp is a list of min⁡{2k+1,p}\min\{2k+1,p\}min{2k+1,p} distinct aircraft that may occupy positions p−min⁡{2k+1,p}+1,…,pp-\min\{2k+1,p\}+1,\dots,pp−min{2k+1,p}+1,…,p; its last aircraft is the final aircraft fin(i)\mathrm{fin}(i)fin(i). An arc joins consecutive stages when the lists overlap. Removing the nodes that violate a precedence pair gives the network GGG. For a node iii, Γ(i)\Gamma(i)Γ(i) is the set of integer times in the window of fin(i)\mathrm{fin}(i)fin(i).

The modified network of §6.2 has nodes (i,t,d)(i,t,d)(i,t,d): a node iii of GGG, a time t∈Γ(i)t\in\Gamma(i)t∈Γ(i), and a lower bound ddd on the separation between fin(i)\mathrm{fin}(i)fin(i) and its predecessor, with d=0d=0d=0 at stage 111 and otherwise dimin⁡≤d≤dimax⁡d^{\min}_i\le d\le d^{\max}_idimin​≤d≤dimax​, where, for the penultimate and final aircraft a,ba,ba,b of iii,

dimin⁡=δab,dimax⁡=max⁡{max⁡j: i∈P(j)(δa,fin(j)−δb,fin(j)), dimin⁡}.d^{\min}_i=\delta_{ab},\qquad d^{\max}_i=\max\Big\{\max_{j:\,i\in P(j)}\big(\delta_{a,\mathrm{fin}(j)}-\delta_{b,\mathrm{fin}(j)}\big),\ d^{\min}_i\Big\}.dimin​=δab​,dimax​=max{j:i∈P(j)max​(δa,fin(j)​−δb,fin(j)​), dimin​}.

An arc (i,t′,d′)→(j,t′′,d′′)(i,t',d')\to(j,t'',d'')(i,t′,d′)→(j,t′′,d′′) requires an arc (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) of GGG, t′′−t′≥djmin⁡t''-t'\ge d^{\min}_jt′′−t′≥djmin​, d′′=min⁡{t′′−t′,djmax⁡}d''=\min\{t''-t',d^{\max}_j\}d′′=min{t′′−t′,djmax​}, and d′+t′′−t′d'+t''-t'd′+t′′−t′ at least the separation between the penultimate aircraft of iii and fin(j)\mathrm{fin}(j)fin(j). Arcs entering (i,t,d)(i,t,d)(i,t,d) cost cfin(i)(t)c_{\mathrm{fin}(i)}(t)cfin(i)​(t).

Formalization targets

Goal: minimum-cost paths are optimal schedules

Under k≥1k\ge 1k≥1, positive costs, and the polygon inequalities of three or more hops (below):

  1. a feasible schedule exists if and only if the modified network has a source-sink path;
min⁡(σ,t) feasible ∑pcσ(p)(tp)  =  min⁡paths ∑p=1ncfin(ip)(tp),\min_{(\sigma,t)\ \text{feasible}}\ \sum_p c_{\sigma(p)}(t_p)\;=\;\min_{\text{paths}}\ \sum_{p=1}^n c_{\mathrm{fin}(i_p)}(t_p),(σ,t) feasiblemin​ p∑​cσ(p)​(tp​)=pathsmin​ p=1∑n​cfin(ip​)​(tp​),

each minimum existing exactly when the other does; 3. every minimum-cost path represents a feasible, optimal schedule.

Milestones

  • Theorem 1 (with §3.1): the kkk-CPS sequences respecting precedence are exactly the sequences of source-sink paths of GGG.
  • Lemma 5: every source-sink path of the modified network represents a feasible schedule.
  • Lemma 6: every feasible schedule (in particular an optimal one) is represented by a source-sink path.
  • Remark 1: under the triangle inequality, dimin⁡=dimax⁡=δabd^{\min}_i=d^{\max}_i=\delta_{ab}dimin​=dimax​=δab​.
  • Lemma 4: under the triangle inequality, a feasible schedule exists if and only if the simpler discrete-time network of §6.1.2, with nodes (i,t)(i,t)(i,t), has a source-sink path.

Significance

The result turns a scheduling problem with arbitrary separable costs, time windows, precedence and non-metric separations into a shortest-path problem whose size is polynomial in nnn for fixed kkk and in the number of periods. It covers mixed arrival–departure operations, where the triangle inequality genuinely fails, and it is the basis of the paper's §7.1 algorithm for coupled arrivals and departures.

The paper proves Lemmas 5 and 6 in a few paragraphs and omits the proof of Lemma 4. No machine-checked version of the CPS network or of these lemmas exists. A formal development pins down the boundary cases the prose passes over (the first two stages, the last stage where dmax⁡d^{\max}dmax has no successors), and it makes explicit an assumption the prose leaves unstated: Lemma 5 needs the polygon inequalities, not only the two-step check in its proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument checks separations only between consecutive aircraft, which is what the network of §6.1.2 does. Without the triangle inequality this misses aircraft two positions apart. The state ddd repairs that but is capped at dmax⁡d^{\max}dmax, so one must show that the cap loses nothing: a capped value still certifies the separation to the next aircraft. That uses the definition of dmax⁡d^{\max}dmax over the successors of a node in GGG, so the proof depends on how the network is pruned. Separations three or more positions apart are not tracked at all and rely on the polygon inequalities. Relating network paths to sequences (Theorem 1) requires reasoning about overlapping windows of the sequence and about the precedence pruning rule.

Formalization scope

Aircraft and positions are 000-based (Fin n), stages 111-based, and n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 (NeZero n). Times, windows and separations are natural numbers (periods); ddd, dmin⁡d^{\min}dmin, dmax⁡d^{\max}dmax and time differences are integers, since dmax⁡d^{\max}dmax involves differences of separations that can be negative. Separation is required for all pairs of aircraft, not only consecutive ones. Minima are stated with IsLeast on sets of costs, never with a real infimum.

The following readings of the paper are committed:

  • Polygon inequalities. Lemma 5 and the goal assume that for every chain x0,…,xmx_0,\dots,x_mx0​,…,xm​ of m≥3m\ge 3m≥3 hops between distinct aircraft, δx0xm≤∑iδxixi+1\delta_{x_0x_m}\le\sum_i\delta_{x_ix_{i+1}}δx0​xm​​≤∑i​δxi​xi+1​​. Without this hypothesis Lemma 5 is false: there are small instances violating the quadrilateral inequality whose minimum-cost path is infeasible. §7 of the paper asserts these inequalities for mixed operations; this mission states them as a hypothesis and makes no claim about the paper's Table 1.
  • Γ(i)\Gamma(i)Γ(i) is the full time window, not the narrowed set of §6.1.3, whose justification needs nondecreasing costs. With the full window Lemma 6 holds for every feasible schedule and arbitrary costs; it is stated in that stronger form.
  • k≥1k\ge 1k≥1, so that every node beyond stage 111 has a penultimate aircraft. Arc condition 4 is not imposed on arcs leaving stage 111.
  • Arc cost c(i,t)c(i,t)c(i,t) of the paper is read as cfin(i)(t)c_{\mathrm{fin}(i)}(t)cfin(i)​(t).
  • Precedence pruning uses the printed rule of §3.1; nodes unreachable from the source or the sink are not removed (this does not change the set of source-sink paths).
  • Running times (§6.1.4, §6.3) and the bound λ\lambdaλ of recursion (4) are not formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the networks are concrete definitions computed from the instance, not arbitrary graphs pinned by hypotheses, and the goal compares two independently defined minima, so it cannot hold by an empty feasible set or an unconstrained optimum.

A complete development needs basic list combinatorics (windows of a sequence, overlap of consecutive windows), the correspondence between bijections and paths, and finite minimization. The CPS network layer is shared with the other missions of this series and is reusable for any CPS scheduling result. Contributions on Theorem 1 alone are welcome, as it is independent of the time-expanded networks.

Selected references

  • H. Balakrishnan, B. G. Chandran, Algorithms for Scheduling Runway Operations Under Constrained Position Shifting, Operations Research 58(6), 1650–1665, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1100.0869
  • R. G. Dear, The Dynamic Scheduling of Aircraft in the Near Terminal Area, MIT Flight Transportation Laboratory Report R76-9, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1976 (as cited in the paper above).
  • H. Lee, Tradeoff Evaluation of Scheduling Algorithms for Terminal-Area Air Traffic Control, Master's thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2008 (source of the separation table; as cited in the paper above).
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Bounded-parameter Markov Decision Processes 2: Interval Policy Evaluation Converges to the Interval Value Function of Every PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) is evaluated by solving a linear fixed-point equation built from its transition probabilities. In practice those probabilities are rarely known exactly: they are estimated from data, elicited from experts, or obtained by aggregating the states of a larger model, and each estimate comes with an error band. Givan, Leach and Dean (Bounded-parameter Markov decision processes, Artificial Intelligence, 2000) replace each transition probability by a closed interval and ask what can still be said about the value of a policy. Their answer for a fixed policy is an interval value: at each state, the smallest and the largest expected discounted reward the policy can obtain over all exact MDPs consistent with the intervals.

The same model reappears under other names. Robust MDPs with rectangular uncertainty sets (Nilim and El Ghaoui, Operations Research, 2005; Iyengar, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2005) take the pessimistic end of the interval, and optimistic model-based reinforcement learning (for example UCRL-type algorithms) takes the optimistic end over a confidence set. Interval transition models are also used to bound the error of state aggregation. In all of these, the basic computational question is how to evaluate a fixed policy against a whole family of MDPs at once.

Setting

Fix a finite set QQQ of states and a finite nonempty set AAA of actions. An exact MDP M=⟨Q,A,F,R⟩M=\langle Q,A,F,R\rangleM=⟨Q,A,F,R⟩ has transition probabilities Fpq(α)F_{pq}(\alpha)Fpq​(α), each row q↦Fpq(α)q\mapsto F_{pq}(\alpha)q↦Fpq​(α) a probability distribution, a reward R(q)∈RR(q)\in\mathbb RR(q)∈R per state, and a discount rate 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. A policy is a map π:Q→A\pi:Q\to Aπ:Q→A. Its value function VM,πV_{M,\pi}VM,π​ is the expected discounted cumulative reward of the Markov chain with transition matrix Fpq(π(p))F_{pq}(\pi(p))Fpq​(π(p)):

VM,π(p)=∑t≥0γt (PπtR)(p),Pπ(p,q)=Fpq(π(p)).V_{M,\pi}(p)=\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\,(P_\pi^tR)(p),\qquad P_\pi(p,q)=F_{pq}(\pi(p)).VM,π​(p)=t≥0∑​γt(Pπt​R)(p),Pπ​(p,q)=Fpq​(π(p)).

On the space V‾\overline VV of value functions v:Q→Rv:Q\to\mathbb Rv:Q→R, with the sup norm ∥v∥=max⁡q∣v(q)∣\|v\|=\max_q|v(q)|∥v∥=maxq​∣v(q)∣, the value-iteration operator is VIM,π(v)(p)=R(p)+γ∑qFpq(π(p)) v(q)VI_{M,\pi}(v)(p)=R(p)+\gamma\sum_{q}F_{pq}(\pi(p))\,v(q)VIM,π​(v)(p)=R(p)+γ∑q​Fpq​(π(p))v(q), and VIM,αVI_{M,\alpha}VIM,α​ is the same with the action α\alphaα in place of π(p)\pi(p)π(p). An operator TTT on V‾\overline VV is a contraction mapping if ∥Tv−Tu∥≤λ∥v−u∥\|Tv-Tu\|\le\lambda\|v-u\|∥Tv−Tu∥≤λ∥v−u∥ for all u,vu,vu,v and some 0≤λ<10\le\lambda<10≤λ<1.

A bounded-parameter MDP (BMDP) M↕M_\updownarrowM↕​ gives intervals [F↓pq(α),F↑pq(α)]⊆[0,1][F_{\downarrow pq}(\alpha),F_{\uparrow pq}(\alpha)]\subseteq[0,1][F↓pq​(α),F↑pq​(α)]⊆[0,1] with ∑qF↓pq(α)≤1≤∑qF↑pq(α)\sum_qF_{\downarrow pq}(\alpha)\le1\le\sum_qF_{\uparrow pq}(\alpha)∑q​F↓pq​(α)≤1≤∑q​F↑pq​(α), a reward RRR and a discount rate γ\gammaγ. An exact MDP belongs to M↕M_\updownarrowM↕​ if it has the same RRR and γ\gammaγ and every transition probability lies in its interval. The interval value of a policy π\piπ (Definition 3) is

V↕π(q)=[V↓π(q),V↑π(q)]=[min⁡M∈M↕VM,π(q), max⁡M∈M↕VM,π(q)].V_{\updownarrow\pi}(q)=\Big[V_{\downarrow\pi}(q),V_{\uparrow\pi}(q)\Big]=\Big[\min_{M\in M_\updownarrow}V_{M,\pi}(q),\ \max_{M\in M_\updownarrow}V_{M,\pi}(q)\Big].V↕π​(q)=[V↓π​(q),V↑π​(q)]=[M∈M↕​min​VM,π​(q), M∈M↕​max​VM,π​(q)].

Interval policy evaluation acts on an interval value function V↕=[V↓,V↑]V_\updownarrow=[V_\downarrow,V_\uparrow]V↕​=[V↓​,V↑​] by

IVI↕π(V↕)(p)=[min⁡M∈M↕VIM,π(V↓)(p), max⁡M∈M↕VIM,π(V↑)(p)],IVI_{\updownarrow\pi}(V_\updownarrow)(p)=\Big[\min_{M\in M_\updownarrow}VI_{M,\pi}(V_\downarrow)(p),\ \max_{M\in M_\updownarrow}VI_{M,\pi}(V_\uparrow)(p)\Big],IVI↕π​(V↕​)(p)=[M∈M↕​min​VIM,π​(V↓​)(p), M∈M↕​max​VIM,π​(V↑​)(p)],

with lower and upper bound maps IVI↓π,IVI↑π:V‾→V‾IVI_{\downarrow\pi},IVI_{\uparrow\pi}:\overline V\to\overline VIVI↓π​,IVI↑π​:V→V.

For the optional part, interval value iteration adds a maximization over actions: IVI↕optIVI_{\updownarrow opt}IVI↕opt​ and IVI↕pesIVI_{\updownarrow pes}IVI↕pes​ take, at each state, the largest of the candidate intervals [min⁡MVIM,α(V↓)(p),max⁡MVIM,α(V↑)(p)]\big[\min_MVI_{M,\alpha}(V_\downarrow)(p),\max_MVI_{M,\alpha}(V_\uparrow)(p)\big][minM​VIM,α​(V↓​)(p),maxM​VIM,α​(V↑​)(p)] for the lexicographic orders ≤opt\le_{opt}≤opt​ (upper end first) and ≤pes\le_{pes}≤pes​ (lower end first). For a value function VVV, ρV(p)\rho_V(p)ρV​(p) and σV(p)\sigma_V(p)σV​(p) are the actions maximizing max⁡MVIM,α(V)(p)\max_MVI_{M,\alpha}(V)(p)maxM​VIM,α​(V)(p) and min⁡MVIM,α(V)(p)\min_MVI_{M,\alpha}(V)(p)minM​VIM,α​(V)(p), and IVI↓opt,V(V′)=IVI↓opt([V′,V])IVI_{\downarrow opt,V}(V')=IVI_{\downarrow opt}([V',V])IVI↓opt,V​(V′)=IVI↓opt​([V′,V]), IVI↑pes,V(V′)=IVI↑pes([V,V′])IVI_{\uparrow pes,V}(V')=IVI_{\uparrow pes}([V,V'])IVI↑pes,V​(V′)=IVI↑pes​([V,V′]).

Formalization targets

Goal: convergence of interval policy evaluation (Section 5.1, p. 22)

For every BMDP, every policy π\piπ, and every interval value function V↕0=[V↓0,V↑0]V_{\updownarrow0}=[V_{\downarrow0},V_{\uparrow0}]V↕0​=[V↓0​,V↑0​] with V↓0≤V↑0V_{\downarrow0}\le V_{\uparrow0}V↓0​≤V↑0​,

lim⁡n→∞IVI↕π n(V↕0)=V↕π.\lim_{n\to\infty}IVI_{\updownarrow\pi}^{\,n}(V_{\updownarrow0})=V_{\updownarrow\pi}.n→∞lim​IVI↕πn​(V↕0​)=V↕π​.

The limit is the interval value of Definition 3, an extremum over infinitely many MDPs; nothing about the starting point is assumed beyond its being an interval value function.

Milestones on the goal's path

  • Theorem 10 (p. 21): IVI↓πIVI_{\downarrow\pi}IVI↓π​ and IVI↑πIVI_{\uparrow\pi}IVI↑π​ are contraction mappings on V‾\overline VV.
  • Theorem 11 (p. 22): IVI↓π(V↓π)=V↓πIVI_{\downarrow\pi}(V_{\downarrow\pi})=V_{\downarrow\pi}IVI↓π​(V↓π​)=V↓π​, IVI↑π(V↑π)=V↑πIVI_{\uparrow\pi}(V_{\uparrow\pi})=V_{\uparrow\pi}IVI↑π​(V↑π​)=V↑π​, and hence IVI↕π(V↕π)=V↕πIVI_{\updownarrow\pi}(V_{\updownarrow\pi})=V_{\updownarrow\pi}IVI↕π​(V↕π​)=V↕π​.

Further results on interval value iteration (Section 5.2)

  • Lemma 4 (p. 25): IVI↓opt,V(V′)(p)=max⁡α∈ρV(p)min⁡MVIM,α(V′)(p)IVI_{\downarrow opt,V}(V')(p)=\max_{\alpha\in\rho_V(p)}\min_{M}VI_{M,\alpha}(V')(p)IVI↓opt,V​(V′)(p)=maxα∈ρV​(p)​minM​VIM,α​(V′)(p) and IVI↑pes,V(V′)(p)=max⁡α∈σV(p)max⁡MVIM,α(V′)(p)IVI_{\uparrow pes,V}(V')(p)=\max_{\alpha\in\sigma_V(p)}\max_{M}VI_{M,\alpha}(V')(p)IVI↑pes,V​(V′)(p)=maxα∈σV​(p)​maxM​VIM,α​(V′)(p).
  • Theorem 13(a) (p. 25): IVI↑optIVI_{\uparrow opt}IVI↑opt​ and IVI↓pesIVI_{\downarrow pes}IVI↓pes​ are contraction mappings.
  • Theorem 13(b) (p. 25): for every value function VVV, IVI↓opt,VIVI_{\downarrow opt,V}IVI↓opt,V​ and IVI↑pes,VIVI_{\uparrow pes,V}IVI↑pes,V​ are contraction mappings.

Significance

The result. The interval value is defined as a minimum and a maximum over a continuum of MDPs, and there is no a priori reason it should be computable by a dynamic program. The goal says it is: one operator, whose per-state step is a small linear program over a box intersected with a simplex, iterated from any start, converges to both ends of the interval simultaneously. The pessimistic end is the robust value of the policy under rectangular uncertainty, so the goal is also a policy-evaluation theorem for interval-rectangular robust MDPs; the optimistic end is the value used by optimism-based exploration. Theorem 11 is the bridge between the "game" definition (nature picks the MDP) and the fixed-point characterization; Theorem 13 is the corresponding first step for the optimal interval values of the companion mission.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper (2000), with Theorem 11 relying on the existence of a single member MDP that is π\piπ-minimizing at every state simultaneously (the paper's Theorem 7). No machine-checked version of the BMDP model or of these results is known. Nearby statements formalized elsewhere concern other models: robust MDPs with costs and general row sets, and optimistic Bellman equations over compact confidence sets. This mission produces the BMDP model and its interval operators, the contraction and fixed-point theorems, and the convergence theorem, all stated against the member-MDP definition of V↕πV_{\updownarrow\pi}V↕π​.

Difficulty

The contraction estimates (Theorems 10 and 13) follow the familiar pattern for Bellman operators, with the extra point that the minimum or maximum over the infinite family M↕M_\updownarrowM↕​ must be attained. The real difficulty is Theorem 11. The obvious argument compares V↓π(q)V_{\downarrow\pi}(q)V↓π​(q) with VIM,π(V↓π)(q)VI_{M,\pi}(V_{\downarrow\pi})(q)VIM,π​(V↓π​)(q) state by state; but V↓π(q)V_{\downarrow\pi}(q)V↓π​(q) is a minimum taken separately at each state, possibly by a different MDP at each state, and V↓πV_{\downarrow\pi}V↓π​ need not a priori be the value function of any single member MDP. Without a member MDP that is minimizing at all states at once, the inequality IVI↓π(V↓π)≥V↓πIVI_{\downarrow\pi}(V_{\downarrow\pi})\ge V_{\downarrow\pi}IVI↓π​(V↓π​)≥V↓π​ does not follow. Establishing that simultaneous minimizer is the central step.

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace BoundedParamMDP.IntervalEval. The exact MDP, the BMDP, its member MDPs, VM,πV_{M,\pi}VM,π​, VIM,πVI_{M,\pi}VIM,π​, VIM,αVI_{M,\alpha}VIM,α​ and Definition 3's V↓πV_{\downarrow\pi}V↓π​, V↑πV_{\uparrow\pi}V↑π​ are the shared definitions BoundedParamMDP.Optimal.MDP and BoundedParamMDP.Optimal.BMDP used by the companion mission, so its theorems apply to the same objects. Conventions:

  • QQQ and AAA are finite types, AAA is nonempty; QQQ may be empty (every statement then holds for the paper's own reasons). Policies are deterministic and stationary, Q → A.
  • An exact MDP is a structure with F p α q =Fpq(α)=F_{pq}(\alpha)=Fpq​(α), rows nonnegative and summing to 111, a state reward R, and the discount rate 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1 as a field. Rewards are tight (the paper's footnote 3): members share the BMDP's R and γ.
  • VM,πV_{M,\pi}VM,π​ is the discounted series ∑tγtPπtR\sum_t\gamma^t P_\pi^tR∑t​γtPπt​R, not a solution chosen from the Bellman equation.
  • Minima and maxima over M↕M_\updownarrowM↕​ are the real infimum and supremum over the nonempty subtype Member B; all quantities are bounded, so these are the genuine values (and attained, by the paper's Lemma 1).
  • An interval value function is a pair (V↓, V↑) of functions Q → ℝ. The operators are defined on all pairs; the goal assumes V↓0≤V↑0V_{\downarrow0}\le V_{\uparrow0}V↓0​≤V↑0​ as the paper's interval notion, though the conclusion does not need it.
  • The norm is Mathlib's norm on Q → ℝ (the sup norm (4)); convergence of pairs is in the product topology. A contraction mapping is "there exists λ∈[0,1)\lambda\in[0,1)λ∈[0,1)", as on p. 6; the modulus is not fixed to γ\gammaγ.
  • max⁡α,≤opt\max_{\alpha,\le_{opt}}maxα,≤opt​​ is the supremum over the finite action set in the lexicographic order on (upper end, lower end); ≤pes\le_{pes}≤pes​ uses (lower end, upper end). ρV(p)\rho_V(p)ρV​(p), σV(p)\sigma_V(p)σV​(p) are sets of actions.
  • Theorem 13(a) is stated for IVI↑optIVI_{\uparrow opt}IVI↑opt​ as the upper end of IVI↕optIVI_{\updownarrow opt}IVI↕opt​ with arbitrary lower inputs on both sides: the bound by λ∥U′−U∥\lambda\|U'-U\|λ∥U′−U∥ includes the independence from the lower input that the paper uses (p. 23) to regard IVI↑optIVI_{\uparrow opt}IVI↑opt​ as a map on V‾\overline VV.
  • Lemma 4's second line is printed with min⁡M\min_{M}minM​; the evident reading max⁡M\max_MmaxM​ (eq. (29), proof of Theorem 13(b), p. 47) is stated.

A trivializing formalization is excluded: the limit in the goal is Definition 3's infimum and supremum over member MDPs, not the fixed point of IVI↕πIVI_{\updownarrow\pi}IVI↕π​, so the goal is not Banach's theorem alone; and the member type is nonempty for every BMDP, so the infima and suprema are not the junk value 000.

The proof of Theorem 11 uses the paper's Lemma 1 (attainment in the order-maximizing family), Theorem 3 (VM,πV_{M,\pi}VM,π​ is the unique fixed point of VIM,πVI_{M,\pi}VIM,π​), Theorem 6 (comparison principle) and Theorem 7 (existence of π\piπ-minimizing and π\piπ-maximizing MDPs). These are milestones of the companion mission Bounded-parameter Markov Decision Processes 1 and are not restated here. The Banach fixed-point theorem is Mathlib's ContractingWith. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a reusable lemma on the attained minimum of a linear function over a box intersected with the simplex, and the order-maximizing construction itself.

Selected references

  • R. Givan, S. Leach, T. Dean, Bounded-parameter Markov decision processes, Artificial Intelligence 122 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0004-3702(00)00047-3
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models 2: The Optimal Lost-Sales Order Obeys the Karlin–Scarf–Morton Bounds z̄_t(v) ∈ Z(s̄) for All t ≤ TResearch Paper

Why bounds on the lost-sales order matter

In the periodic-review inventory system with lost sales and a positive lead time LLL, demand that cannot be met from stock is lost rather than backlogged. Unlike the backorder model, whose optimal policy is a base-stock policy depending only on the inventory position, the lost-sales model needs the whole pipeline of outstanding orders as its state, and its optimal policy has no closed form. Exact dynamic programming is impractical beyond small lead times, so practitioners and researchers rely on structural information: monotonicity of the optimal order, and simple bounds that bracket it.

The classical bounds go back to Karlin and Scarf (1958), who studied the case L=1L = 1L=1, and Morton (1969), who obtained bounds for general LLL in terms of fractiles of cumulative demand. Zipkin (2008, DOI 10.1287/opre.1070.0482) recovered these bounds inside a unified framework built on a transformed state variable, the partial sums of the pipeline. This mission formalizes that recovery: §4 of the paper, from the closed form of the arriving inventory to Corollary 9.

Timeline. Karlin and Scarf (1958) treat the one-period lead time; Morton (1969) proves the fractile bounds for any LLL and uses the partial-sum state; Nahmias (1979) gives the closed form (7) for the inventory on hand when an order arrives; Zipkin (2008) derives the bounds again by an induction on the re-accounted recursion, together with L♮L^\naturalL♮-convexity results for the original recursion.

The model

Periods are t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T. In each period the order due arrives, a new order z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 is placed, and demand ddd occurs. Demands are independent, identically distributed and nonnegative, with law μ\muμ. The costs are a unit procurement cost ccc, a unit holding cost h^\hat hh^, a unit lost-sales penalty ppp, and a discount factor γ\gammaγ; write h=h^−γch = \hat h - \gamma ch=h^−γc.

The state is the vector v=(v0,…,vL−1)v = (v_0, \dots, v_{L-1})v=(v0​,…,vL−1​) with vl=∑k≥lxkv_l = \sum_{k \ge l} x_kvl​=∑k≥l​xk​, where x0x_0x0​ is the inventory on hand and x1,…,xL−1x_1, \dots, x_{L-1}x1​,…,xL−1​ are the outstanding orders, oldest first. The state space is the cone

V={v∈RL:v0≥v1≥⋯≥vL−1≥0}.V = \{ v \in \mathbb R^L : v_0 \ge v_1 \ge \dots \ge v_{L-1} \ge 0 \}.V={v∈RL:v0​≥v1​≥⋯≥vL−1​≥0}.

After demand ddd and order zzz the state becomes

v+=([v0−v1−d]++v1, v2, …, vL−1, 0)+ze,v_+ = \big([v_0 - v_1 - d]^+ + v_1,\ v_2,\ \dots,\ v_{L-1},\ 0\big) + z e,v+​=([v0​−v1​−d]++v1​, v2​, …, vL−1​, 0)+ze,

with eee the vector of ones. Let y+Ly_{+L}y+L​ be the inventory on hand when the current order arrives, LLL periods later.

The §4 accounting charges to period ttt the expected cost of period t+Lt + Lt+L, when the order of period ttt is on hand:

q0(y)=cy+hE[[y−d]+]+pE[[y−d]−],q(v,z)=γLE[q0(y+L)].q^0(y) = c y + h E\big[[y - d]^+\big] + p E\big[[y - d]^-\big], \qquad q(v, z) = \gamma^L E\big[q^0(y_{+L})\big].q0(y)=cy+hE[[y−d]+]+pE[[y−d]−],q(v,z)=γLE[q0(y+L​)].

The optimal costs satisfy

gt(v,z)=q(v,z)+γE[ft+1(v+)],ft(v)=min⁡z≥0gt(v,z),fT+1=0,g_t(v, z) = q(v, z) + \gamma E\big[f_{t+1}(v_+)\big], \qquad f_t(v) = \min_{z \ge 0} g_t(v, z), \qquad f_{T+1} = 0,gt​(v,z)=q(v,z)+γE[ft+1​(v+​)],ft​(v)=z≥0min​gt​(v,z),fT+1​=0,

and the optimal policy zˉt(v)\bar z_t(v)zˉt​(v) is the smallest minimizer of gt(v,⋅)g_t(v, \cdot)gt​(v,⋅).

Assume 0<c+h<p+h0 < c + h < p + h0<c+h<p+h and set θˉ=(c+h)/(p+h)\bar\theta = (c + h)/(p + h)θˉ=(c+h)/(p+h). Let d[l,L]d_{[l,L]}d[l,L]​ be the total demand of periods t+l,…,t+Lt + l, \dots, t + Lt+l,…,t+L. The fractiles are

sˉl=min⁡{s:Pr⁡{d[l,L]>s}≤θˉ},l=0,…,L.\bar s_l = \min\{ s : \Pr\{ d_{[l,L]} > s \} \le \bar\theta \}, \qquad l = 0, \dots, L.sˉl​=min{s:Pr{d[l,L]​>s}≤θˉ},l=0,…,L.

Let V(sˉ)={v∈V:vl≤sˉl, l<L}V(\bar s) = \{ v \in V : v_l \le \bar s_l,\ l < L \}V(sˉ)={v∈V:vl​≤sˉl​, l<L}. The set Z(sˉ)Z(\bar s)Z(sˉ) consists of the policies with z(v)=0z(v) = 0z(v)=0 for v∉V(sˉ)v \notin V(\bar s)v∈/V(sˉ), and, for v∈V(sˉ)v \in V(\bar s)v∈V(sˉ), z(v)≤sˉLz(v) \le \bar s_Lz(v)≤sˉL​ and vl+z(v)≤sˉlv_l + z(v) \le \bar s_lvl​+z(v)≤sˉl​ for every l<Ll < Ll<L.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 9 (Karlin–Scarf, Morton)

For every period t≤Tt \le Tt≤T and every v∈Vv \in Vv∈V, the smallest optimal order exists and

zˉt(v)∈Z(sˉ).\bar z_t(v) \in Z(\bar s).zˉt​(v)∈Z(sˉ).

Milestones

  1. (7), the closed form of Nahmias: y+L=z+[max⁡0≤l<L{vl−d[l,L)}]+y_{+L} = z + \big[\max_{0 \le l < L} \{ v_l - d_{[l,L)} \}\big]^+y+L​=z+[max0≤l<L​{vl​−d[l,L)​}]+, where d[l,L)d_{[l,L)}d[l,L)​ is the demand of periods t+l,…,t+L−1t + l, \dots, t + L - 1t+l,…,t+L−1.
  2. Lemma 6: the last-period policy zˉT(v)\bar z_T(v)zˉT​(v) is in Z(sˉ)Z(\bar s)Z(sˉ).
  3. Lemma 7: the last-period optimal cost fT(v)f_T(v)fT​(v) is nondecreasing in vvv.
  4. Proof of Theorem 8: gt(v,z)g_t(v, z)gt​(v,z) is convex in zzz.
  5. Theorem 8: for all t≤Tt \le Tt≤T, ft(v)f_t(v)ft​(v) is nondecreasing in vvv, and zˉt(v)≤zˉT(v)\bar z_t(v) \le \bar z_T(v)zˉt​(v)≤zˉT​(v).

The goal asserts the bounds as stated by the paper, with the fractiles left as functions of the demand law. It fixes no numerical constants.

Significance

The bounds turn a high-dimensional control problem into a box around the decision. The order is limited by the fractile sˉL\bar s_LsˉL​ of one-period demand, and also by every partial inventory position vlv_lvl​ against the fractile of (L−l+1)(L-l+1)(L−l+1)-period demand. They justify base-stock-like heuristics for lost-sales systems, restrict the search space in numerical dynamic programming, and are the starting point of the weighted bounds in Corollary 10 of the same paper. Monotonicity of the optimal cost in the pipeline (Theorem 8) is a structural fact used throughout the lost-sales literature.

The results are proved in the literature. To our knowledge none of them is machine-checked. A complete development adds a checked derivation of the classical bounds from first principles. It also adds reusable components: the closed form (7) for lost-sales dynamics, the fractile function for sums of i.i.d. demands, and a finite-horizon dynamic program over a continuum of actions in which the existence of a least minimizer is established rather than assumed.

Difficulty

The bound at the last period (Lemma 6) is a newsvendor-type argument once y+Ly_{+L}y+L​ is written in closed form. Propagating it backwards is harder. The tempting argument is that E[ft+1(v+)]E[f_{t+1}(v_+)]E[ft+1​(v+​)] only adds a cost that grows with zzz, so the optimal order can only shrink. That requires ft+1f_{t+1}ft+1​ to be nondecreasing in the state, which is not a property of the one-period cost alone. Monotonicity of ftf_tft​ in turn needs the minimization over zzz to preserve it, and the paper's argument for that uses convexity of gtg_tgt​ in zzz, which the paper derives from L♮L^\naturalL♮-convexity of the original recursion. Even Lemma 7, the last-period case, is proved on the page only for L=1L = 1L=1, through a convex-order comparison of the arriving inventory; the general case is asserted to be similar. The existence of a minimizer at every stage also has to be established, since the action set is unbounded and the value functions are defined as infima.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace ZipkinLostSales.Bounds. The conventions are these.

  • Periods. Periods are indexed by the number of periods to go k=T+1−tk = T + 1 - tk=T+1−t. fB M 0 is fT+1=0f_{T+1} = 0fT+1​=0, gB M k is gT−kg_{T-k}gT−k​, and fB M (k+1) is fT−kf_{T-k}fT−k​. By stationarity, "for all t≤Tt \le Tt≤T" becomes "for all k≥0k \ge 0k≥0", and t=Tt = Tt=T is k=0k = 0k=0, where gT=qg_T = qgT​=q.
  • Indexing. States are Fin L → ℝ, indexed from 0, with the paper's convention vL=0v_L = 0vL​=0. The fractiles sˉ0,…,sˉL\bar s_0, \dots, \bar s_Lsˉ0​,…,sˉL​ are indexed by Fin (L+1). "Nondecreasing in vvv" is monotonicity on VVV for the componentwise order.
  • The minimum over zzz. The paper's min⁡z≥0\min_{z \ge 0}minz≥0​ is an infimum over z≥0z \ge 0z≥0. Under the assumptions every q(v,z)q(v, z)q(v,z) with z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 is nonnegative, so the infimum is not a junk value.
  • The optimal policy. "The policy zˉt(v)\bar z_t(v)zˉt​(v)" is the least minimizer (IsLeast), following the tie-breaking rule on p. 938. Its existence is part of the goal, Lemma 6, and Theorem 8. The least minimizer is not defined as the sInf of the set of minimizers: that sInf is 000 when the set is empty, and 000 always lies in Z(sˉ)Z(\bar s)Z(sˉ), so that encoding would make the goal trivially true.
  • The fractiles. The minimum in (6) is an sInf. Under the assumptions the set is nonempty and bounded below, and the infimum is attained. d[l,L]d_{[l,L]}d[l,L]​ is the sum of coordinates j≥lj \ge lj≥l of L+1L + 1L+1 independent demands.
  • The arriving inventory. y+Ly_{+L}y+L​ is defined by iterating the on-hand dynamics yt+j+1=[yt+j−dt+j]++xj+1y_{t+j+1} = [y_{t+j} - d_{t+j}]^+ + x_{j+1}yt+j+1​=[yt+j​−dt+j​]++xj+1​. (7) is a theorem, not the definition.
  • Assumptions. These are bundled in Assumptions. The paper states L≥1L \ge 1L≥1, nonnegative independent demand, and 0<c+h<p+h0 < c + h < p + h0<c+h<p+h. Three readings are added: demand has finite mean, which makes q0q^0q0 finite; "unit cost" and "discount rate" are read as c,h^,p≥0c, \hat h, p \ge 0c,h^,p≥0 and 0<γ≤10 < \gamma \le 10<γ≤1; and "the dtd_tdt​ are independent" with stationary data is read as i.i.d. with one law. hhh may be negative.
  • §4 versus §2. Everything is stated for §4's re-accounted recursion. The paper identifies its optimal policy with that of §2 by "some algebra" that it does not display, and that identification is not formalized. The convexity milestone is posed directly for §4's gtg_tgt​ for the same reason.

A sorry-free check shows that the assumptions are jointly satisfiable, with L=1L = 1L=1, demand ≡1\equiv 1≡1, c=h^=1c = \hat h = 1c=h^=1, p=3p = 3p=3 and γ=1/2\gamma = 1/2γ=1/2. There sˉ=(2,1)\bar s = (2, 1)sˉ=(2,1), and the least optimal last-period order at v=0v = 0v=0 is 1∈Z(sˉ)1 \in Z(\bar s)1∈Z(sˉ).

A complete development needs:

  • product measures of i.i.d. demands and integrals against them;
  • convexity and monotonicity of expectations of piecewise-linear functions;
  • the right-continuity of the tail, so that the fractile is attained;
  • an existence argument for least minimizers of convex coercive functions on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞).

The closed form (7) and the fractile lemmas are reusable for other lost-sales and newsvendor missions. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome, as are auxiliary lemmas on measurability and integrability of the value functions.

Selected references

  • P. Zipkin, On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models, Operations Research 56(4), 937–944, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • S. Karlin, H. Scarf, Inventory models of the Arrow–Harris–Marschak type with time lag, in Arrow, Karlin, Scarf (eds.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Chapter 10, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • T. E. Morton, Bounds on the solution of the lagged optimal inventory equation with no demand backlogging and proportional costs, SIAM Review 11, 572–576, 1969.
  • S. Nahmias, Simple approximations for a variety of dynamic leadtime lost-sales inventory models, Operations Research 27, 904–924, 1979.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Old and New Methods for Lost-Sales Inventory Systems 2: The Optimal Discounted Cost Is Nondecreasing in the Lead Time, and System L − 1 Bounds System L Through (6)Research Paper

Motivation

In a periodic-review inventory system, an order placed today arrives only after a lead time of LLL periods. When unmet demand is lost rather than backlogged, the optimal ordering problem is a dynamic program whose state records the stock on hand and every order still in the pipeline. The problem goes back to Karlin and Scarf (1958) and Morton (1969, 1971). It is computationally difficult because the state dimension grows with the lead time, and few structural facts about how the optimal cost depends on the system's parameters are known.

Zipkin (2008), Old and New Methods for Lost-Sales Inventory Systems, states one such fact in its abstract: the optimal cost is increasing in the lead time. Section 5 of the paper makes this precise for the discounted cost by comparing the system with lead time LLL to the one with lead time L−1L-1L−1, and derives from the comparison a lower bound, (6), on the cost of the longer system in terms of the solution of the shorter one. The paper uses that bound to start the computation of system LLL from the solution of system L−1L-1L−1, and reports it in the "Bound" rows of its numerical tables. The paper also remarks that the argument applies to any system with control lag.

Setting

The state of the system with lead time L≥1L \ge 1L≥1 is x=(x0,…,xL−1)x = (x_0, \dots, x_{L-1})x=(x0​,…,xL−1​): x0x_0x0​ is the stock on hand after this period's arrival, and xlx_lxl​ is the order that arrives lll periods from now. With an order z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 and a demand ddd, the next state is

x+=([x0−d]++x1, x2, …, xL−1, z),x_+ = \bigl([x_0 - d]^+ + x_1,\ x_2,\ \dots,\ x_{L-1},\ z\bigr),x+​=([x0​−d]++x1​, x2​, …, xL−1​, z),

and demand in excess of x0x_0x0​ is lost. Demands are independent with a common law DDD on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with finite mean.

The costs are a unit procurement cost c≥0c \ge 0c≥0, a unit holding cost h^≥0\hat h \ge 0h^≥0, a unit lost-sales penalty p≥0p \ge 0p≥0 and a discount factor γ∈[0,1)\gamma \in [0,1)γ∈[0,1). After the paper's standard transformation, the holding cost becomes h=h^−γch = \hat h - \gamma ch=h^−γc and the cost charged to the current order is

q0(y)=cy+hE[[y−d]+]+pE[[y−d]−],ql(xl)=γlE[q0(y+l)],q^0(y) = cy + hE\bigl[[y-d]^+\bigr] + pE\bigl[[y-d]^-\bigr], \qquad q^l(x^l) = \gamma^l E\bigl[q^0(y_{+l})\bigr],q0(y)=cy+hE[[y−d]+]+pE[[y−d]−],ql(xl)=γlE[q0(y+l​)],

where xl=(x0,…,xl)x^l = (x_0,\dots,x_l)xl=(x0​,…,xl​) and y+ly_{+l}y+l​ is the stock on hand lll periods later. The one-period cost of system LLL is q(x,z)=qL(x,z)q(x,z) = q^L(x,z)q(x,z)=qL(x,z). Writing x+l−1=([x0−d]++x1,x2,…,xl)x_+^{l-1} = ([x_0-d]^+ + x_1, x_2, \dots, x_l)x+l−1​=([x0​−d]++x1​,x2​,…,xl​) for the first lll components of the next state, the costs satisfy the recursion ql(xl)=γE[ql−1(x+l−1)]q^l(x^l) = \gamma E[q^{l-1}(x_+^{l-1})]ql(xl)=γE[ql−1(x+l−1​)].

The optimal cost f∗Lf^{*L}f∗L is the limit of the finite-horizon costs of recursion (2),

ft(x)=min⁡z≥0{q(x,z)+γE[ft+1(x+)]},fT+1=0,f_t(x) = \min_{z\ge0}\bigl\{q(x,z) + \gamma E[f_{t+1}(x_+)]\bigr\}, \qquad f_{T+1} = 0,ft​(x)=z≥0min​{q(x,z)+γE[ft+1​(x+​)]},fT+1​=0,

as the horizon TTT grows. It satisfies the optimality equation (3), f(x)=min⁡z≥0{q(x,z)+γE[f(x+)]}f(x) = \min_{z\ge 0}\{q(x,z)+\gamma E[f(x_+)]\}f(x)=minz≥0​{q(x,z)+γE[f(x+​)]}.

Formalization targets

Goal: lead-time comparison and the bound (6)

For L≥2L \ge 2L≥2, every state xL−1≥0x^{L-1} \ge 0xL−1≥0 of system LLL, and xL−2x^{L-2}xL−2 the state of system L−1L-1L−1 obtained by dropping the most recent order,

f∗L−1(xL−2)≤qL−1(xL−1)+f∗L(xL−1)f^{*L-1}(x^{L-2}) \le q^{L-1}(x^{L-1}) + f^{*L}(x^{L-1})f∗L−1(xL−2)≤qL−1(xL−1)+f∗L(xL−1)

and

f∗L(xL−1)≥γE[f∗L−1(x+L−2)].(6)f^{*L}(x^{L-1}) \ge \gamma E\bigl[f^{*L-1}(x_+^{L-2})\bigr]. \tag{6}f∗L(xL−1)≥γE[f∗L−1(x+L−2​)].(6)

The first inequality is the formal content of "the system cost is nondecreasing in LLL" in the discounted case: the systems live on state spaces of different dimension, and system L−1L-1L−1 pays one extra period cost qL−1(xL−1)q^{L-1}(x^{L-1})qL−1(xL−1) before system LLL starts to accumulate costs. The second is the bound the paper uses numerically.

Milestones

  1. The recursion ql(xl)=γE[ql−1(x+l−1)]q^l(x^l) = \gamma E[q^{l-1}(x_+^{l-1})]ql(xl)=γE[ql−1(x+l−1​)] (§2, p. 1257).
  2. The optimal cost satisfies the optimality equation (3) (p. 1257), the minimum over z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 is attained when c>0c > 0c>0 or h^>0\hat h > 0h^>0, and f∗Lf^{*L}f∗L is the least nonnegative solution.

A further statement, not a milestone, records that f∗L(x)<∞f^{*L}(x) < \inftyf∗L(x)<∞ for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0, the discounted analogue of the paper's remark (p. 1256) that the optimal lost-sales cost is bounded when mean demand is finite.

Significance

The result. Monotonicity in the lead time is a basic comparative-statics fact about lost-sales systems that is not obvious from the dynamic program, because the two systems have state spaces of different dimension. Inequality (6) turns it into a computational tool: the solution of system L−1L-1L−1 yields a lower bound for system LLL, which can be used to warm-start value iteration for the larger system and to certify the quality of heuristics.

The formalization. The results are proved in the paper, informally and in a few lines; none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formal development requires making the paper's coupling argument (system L−1L-1L−1 placing, one period ahead, the order system LLL places now) precise as an inequality between value functions on spaces of different dimension. The optimality equation for a dynamic program with a continuous state space and an unbounded action set z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 is a reusable result for other inventory models with the same structure.

Difficulty

The paper's argument constructs a non-Markovian policy for system L−1L-1L−1 from an optimal policy of system LLL. Turned into a statement about value functions, the policy-based argument needs a theory of history-dependent policies and their costs that the definitions here deliberately avoid: the optimal cost is defined through the operator of (2), not as an infimum over policies. Either that theory is built, or the comparison has to be expressed directly between value functions on two state spaces of different dimension, where the extra order of system LLL has no counterpart in system L−1L-1L−1.

The optimality equation (3) is not automatic either. Showing that the limit of value iteration is a fixed point requires interchanging an infimum over the noncompact set z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 with an increasing limit; for a general monotone operator with a noncompact action set the interchange fails, so the lost-sales structure has to be used.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace LostSalesOldNew.LeadTime. Its conventions:

  • States of system LLL are Fin L → ℝ; xL=(x,z)x^L = (x,z)xL=(x,z) is Fin.snoc x z; xL−2x^{L-2}xL−2 is Fin.init x (dropping the most recent order, not the oldest); shift x d is x+l−1x_+^{l-1}x+l−1​ and next x z d is the full transition. The goal is stated with lead times n=L−1≥1n = L-1 \ge 1n=L−1≥1 and n+1n+1n+1, so no natural-number subtraction occurs.
  • Demand is a probability measure D on ℝ with D (Iio 0) = 0 and finite mean (Integrable id D); the demands of several periods have the product law Measure.pi. The paper's i.i.d. assumption is encoded this way.
  • The sign conditions c,h^,p≥0c, \hat h, p \ge 0c,h^,p≥0 and 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1 are fields of the cost structure. The paper leaves the signs implicit; γ<1\gamma < 1γ<1 is its condition for (3).
  • The optimal cost f∗Lf^{*L}f∗L is defined as sup⁡nTn0\sup_n T^n 0supn​Tn0, the limit of the finite-horizon costs of (2). The paper calls f∗f^*f∗ "the solution" of (3) and asserts uniqueness without naming a function class; uniqueness in such a class is not formalized, and the milestone states instead that f∗Lf^{*L}f∗L is the least nonnegative solution. That f∗Lf^{*L}f∗L solves (3) is a milestone, not a definition.
  • Optimal costs take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with expectations of value functions as lower Lebesgue integrals and qqq embedded by ENNReal.ofReal; this is exact on nonnegative states because q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 there under the sign conditions. The paper's min⁡\minmin is an infimum over z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 in the operator, and its attainment is a separate clause of the milestone, stated under c>0c > 0c>0 or h^>0\hat h > 0h^>0 (with c=h^=0c = \hat h = 0c=h^=0 and unbounded demand the minimum is not attained); negative orders are excluded. The first goal inequality is kept in additive form, since subtraction in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] truncates.
  • States satisfy x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 in every theorem.

A trivializing reading is ruled out: the goal is not stated as (6) alone, which would drop the monotonicity claim, and the separate finiteness statement shows that the inequalities compare finite numbers rather than holding because one side is ∞\infty∞.

The average-cost version of §5 is not formalized (it presupposes an average-cost optimal policy), nor is uniqueness in (3) beyond minimality. Related platform formulations of the lost-sales system, such as CappedBaseStock_Model (Xin's capped base-stock analysis), use another state convention, an empty initial pipeline and the average-cost criterion, so they are not referenced. Contributions welcome: the recursion for qlq^lql (a Fubini computation over product measures), the optimality equation, the finiteness bound, and the goal.

Selected references

  • P. Zipkin, Old and New Methods for Lost-Sales Inventory Systems, Operations Research 56(5):1256–1263, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0471
  • S. Karlin, H. Scarf, Inventory models of the Arrow–Harris–Marschak type with time lag, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • T. E. Morton, Bounds on the solution of the lagged optimal inventory equation with no demand backlogging and proportional costs, SIAM Review 11(4):572–596, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1137/1011090
  • T. E. Morton, The near-myopic nature of the lagged-proportional-cost inventory problem with lost sales, Operations Research 19(7):1708–1716, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.19.7.1708
  • G. Janakiraman, R. O. Roundy, Lost-sales problems with stochastic lead times: convexity results for base-stock policies, Operations Research 52(5):795–803, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1040.0130
5 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Short Proof of the Gittins Index Theorem: For Finite-State Semi-Markov Bandits, Every Priority Policy Ordering States by the Index Algorithm's Indices Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

The multi-armed bandit problem with discounted rewards asks how to allocate effort among nnn independent projects, only one of which can be worked on at a time, when the project worked on evolves randomly and the others stay frozen. It models job scheduling, research planning, search, and sequential clinical experimentation. Gittins and Jones showed in 1974 that the problem has an index solution: each state of each project has a number, computed from that project alone, and it is optimal always to work on the project whose current state has the largest number. The result turns an nnn-dimensional dynamic program into nnn one-dimensional computations.

Several proofs followed, each with its own model and its own definition of the index:

  • Gittins and Jones (1974) and Gittins (1979): the original interchange proofs, with the index as a supremum over stopping times of a reward-to-time ratio.
  • Whittle (1980): a proof through the retirement option and the dynamic-programming equation of the multi-armed problem.
  • Varaiya, Walrand and Buyukkoc (1985): the largest-remaining-index algorithm for finite-state Markov bandits, which computes the indices by removing states one at a time.
  • Weber (1992): the "prevailing charge" proof.
  • Tsitsiklis (1994): the short proof formalized here, for semi-Markov bandits with finite state spaces, by induction on the total number of states, with the indices produced by an index algorithm of the largest-remaining-index type.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 bandit processes. Bandit iii has a finite nonempty state space Xi\mathcal X_iXi​, and X=X1∪⋯∪Xn\mathcal X=\mathcal X_1\cup\cdots\cup\mathcal X_nX=X1​∪⋯∪Xn​ is their disjoint union. When bandit iii at state x∈Xix\in\mathcal X_ix∈Xi​ is played, a random reward R(x)R(x)R(x) is received, the bandit is busy for a random time T(x)≥0T(x)\ge0T(x)≥0, and it then moves to a random state Y(x)∈XiY(x)\in\mathcal X_iY(x)∈Xi​; the other bandits do not move. The joint law of (T(x),R(x),Y(x))(T(x),R(x),Y(x))(T(x),R(x),Y(x)) depends only on xxx, and different plays are independent.

A policy is a map π:X1×⋯×Xn→{1,…,n}\pi:\mathcal X_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal X_n\to\{1,\dots,n\}π:X1​×⋯×Xn​→{1,…,n}: at time zero and at every play completion time it chooses the bandit to play from the current states. With tit_iti​ the start time and RiR_iRi​ the reward of the iii-th play and a discount rate β>0\beta>0β>0, the expected discounted reward from the initial joint state zzz is

Jπ(z)=E[∑i=1∞Rie−βti].J_\pi(z)=\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}R_i e^{-\beta t_i}\Big].Jπ​(z)=E[i=1∑∞​Ri​e−βti​].

A policy is optimal if it maximizes Jπ(z)J_\pi(z)Jπ​(z) for every initial state zzz. A priority rule is a policy for which some ordering of X\mathcal XX makes it always play the bandit whose current state is ordered highest.

The reward rate of a state is

r(x)=E[R(x)]E[∫0T(x)e−βt dt].(2.1)r(x)=\frac{\mathbb E[R(x)]}{\mathbb E\big[\int_0^{T(x)}e^{-\beta t}\,dt\big]}. \tag{2.1}r(x)=E[∫0T(x)​e−βtdt]E[R(x)]​.(2.1)

Reducing bandit i∗i^*i∗ by removing a state s∗s^*s∗ merges every play that ends in s∗s^*s∗ with the following run of plays at s∗s^*s∗ into one composite play, whose reward rate is r^(x)\hat r(x)r^(x) of (2.3). The index algorithm repeatedly picks a state s∗s^*s∗ of maximal current rate, sets its index γ(s∗)\gamma(s^*)γ(s∗) to that rate, and reduces its bandit by removing s∗s^*s∗ (or removes the bandit if s∗s^*s∗ was its last state).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2

Let γ\gammaγ be the indices of a run of the index algorithm. Then every priority rule whose ordering satisfies

γ(y)<γ(x) ⟹ y is ordered below x\gamma(y)<\gamma(x)\ \Longrightarrow\ y \text{ is ordered below } xγ(y)<γ(x) ⟹ y is ordered below x

is optimal. Ties in γ\gammaγ may be ordered either way, and the run may break ties in its own choices arbitrarily.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. (2.2), the interchange inequality E[(1−e−βτ)∫0T(s∗)r(s∗)e−βtdt]≥E[(1−e−βT(s∗))∫0τrˉ(t)e−βtdt]\mathbb E\big[(1-e^{-\beta\tau})\int_0^{T(s^*)}r(s^*)e^{-\beta t}dt\big]\ge\mathbb E\big[(1-e^{-\beta T(s^*)})\int_0^{\tau}\bar r(t)e^{-\beta t}dt\big]E[(1−e−βτ)∫0T(s∗)​r(s∗)e−βtdt]≥E[(1−e−βT(s∗))∫0τ​rˉ(t)e−βtdt] when rˉ≤r(s∗)\bar r\le r(s^*)rˉ≤r(s∗).
  2. Lemma 2.1: if r(s∗)=max⁡xr(x)r(s^*)=\max_{x}r(x)r(s∗)=maxx​r(x), some optimal policy always plays bandit i∗i^*i∗ when it is at s∗s^*s∗.
  3. Reduction step: optimizing within the policies giving s∗s^*s∗ top priority is a bandit problem with one state fewer, the reduced bandit with rates (2.3).
  4. Theorem 2.1: some priority rule is optimal.
  5. Pick-order optimality: a priority rule that orders the states as a run of the index algorithm picks them is optimal.
  6. Index monotonicity: along a run, γ(s∗)≥γ(q∗)\gamma(s^*)\ge\gamma(q^*)γ(s∗)≥γ(q∗) for consecutive picks s∗,q∗s^*,q^*s∗,q∗.
  7. Picked-before characterization: xxx can be picked before yyy (in a run with the same indices) if and only if γ(x)≥γ(y)\gamma(x)\ge\gamma(y)γ(x)≥γ(y).

Significance

The theorem shows that the optimal priority order is determined by numbers that, by the reduction formulas, depend only on the statistics of each bandit separately. It is the basis of index policies in scheduling (the cμc\mucμ rule and its semi-Markov generalizations), of Klimov's problem and of branching bandits, which the paper's Section 3 obtains by modifying the same argument.

The result has been proved many times, but not in this generality on Prove2Me. The platform has a discrete-time Gittins index theorem for arms sharing one transition kernel and one reward function, with the index defined as a stopping-time supremum. This mission adds semi-Markov dynamics with random play durations and continuous discounting, heterogeneous finite bandits, priority rules, and the index algorithm as the definition of the index. A complete development would also give a machine-checked proof of correctness of a state-elimination algorithm for computing Gittins indices.

Difficulty

Lemma 2.1 compares an optimal stationary policy with a modified policy that is not stationary, and closes the gap by the optimality of stationary policies, which itself requires the dynamic-programming theory of discounted semi-Markov decision problems with finite state spaces. The reduction step requires an exact identification of the values of all top-priority policies with values in a different problem whose plays are composite and may never end. Theorem 2.1 is an induction over a family of problems with shrinking state spaces that are no longer raw semi-Markov bandits. Theorem 2.2 adds ties: a priority order compatible with the indices need not be the order of the given run, and one needs another run with the same indices.

Formalization scope

  • Bandits are indexed by Fin n (0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1), with n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and each state type finite and nonempty. X\mathcal XX is the sigma type Σ i, X i, disjoint by construction.
  • The law of (T(x),R(x),Y(x))(T(x),R(x),Y(x))(T(x),R(x),Y(x)) is a probability measure on R×R×Xi\mathbb R\times\mathbb R\times\mathcal X_iR×R×Xi​ with T≥0T\ge0T≥0 almost surely and RRR integrable. The model also assumes P(T(x)>0)>0\mathbb P(T(x)>0)>0P(T(x)>0)>0, which the page leaves implicit: it makes the denominator of (2.1) nonzero.
  • JπJ_\piJπ​ is computed from the moments E[R(x)]\mathbb E[R(x)]E[R(x)] and D(x,y)=E[e−βT(x);Y(x)=y]D(x,y)=\mathbb E[e^{-\beta T(x)};Y(x)=y]D(x,y)=E[e−βT(x);Y(x)=y]: it is the limit of the expected discounted reward of the first kkk plays, given by the first-step recursion. No path space is constructed. The row sums of DDD are below 111, so the limit exists; it never mentions rates, indices or reductions.
  • Policies are the paper's stationary deterministic maps of the current joint state, and optimality is within that class, for every initial state. An ordering of X\mathcal XX is an injective ranking into N\mathbb NN.
  • The reduced bandit is given by explicit formulas for its expected discounted reward, discounted duration and discounted transition data. These make the page's "transition probabilities are suitably modified" concrete, and the reduced rate is (2.3). Removing a bandit is the reduction of its last state.
  • The index is that of any run of the index algorithm, with arbitrary tie choices.

A formalization in which the value of a policy is defined through rates or indices, or in which γ\gammaγ is any function compatible with some order rather than the output of the algorithm, would make the goal trivial or empty; both are excluded by the definitions above.

Needed infrastructure: the convergence of the kkk-play values and the first-step (Bellman) equation for JπJ_\piJπ​; existence of an optimal stationary policy for finite discounted semi-Markov problems; the value identity for composite plays. The last two are reusable for any finite semi-Markov decision problem. Proofs of individual milestones, alternative arguments (Weber's prevailing charge, the retirement formulation), and the separability statement of p. 198 ("the index algorithm can be carried out separately for each different bandit") are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. N. Tsitsiklis, A Short Proof of the Gittins Index Theorem, Annals of Applied Probability 4(1) (1994), 194–199.
  • J. C. Gittins and D. M. Jones, A dynamic allocation index for the sequential design of experiments, in Progress in Statistics (J. Gani et al., eds.), North-Holland, 1974, 241–266.
  • J. C. Gittins, Bandit processes and dynamic allocation indices, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. Ser. B 41 (1979), 148–177. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1979.tb01068.x
  • P. Whittle, Multi-armed bandits and the Gittins index, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. Ser. B 42 (1980), 143–149. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1980.tb01111.x
  • P. P. Varaiya, J. C. Walrand and C. Buyukkoc, Extensions of the multiarmed bandit problem: the discounted case, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 30 (1985), 426–439. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.1985.1103989
  • R. Weber, On the Gittins index for multiarmed bandits, Annals of Applied Probability 2(4) (1992), 1024–1033. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005588
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Ordering and Rationing Policies in a Nonstationary Dynamic Inventory Model with n Demand Classes IV: Critical-Level Ordering at Nondecreasing Myopic Levels ȳₘ Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A firm with one product may face several customer classes in each selling interval. When stock is scarce, it must decide which outstanding demands to satisfy and how much inventory to carry into later intervals. When new stock can be bought at several dates, the rationing choice also changes the value of future purchasing opportunities. Topkis studied these linked decisions in a nonstationary model with class-dependent shortage penalties and a finite number of ordering periods. His Theorem 4 identifies conditions under which a policy computed from each period's myopic cost is optimal in the full multiperiod problem Topkis 1968.

The result belongs to a line of work on critical-level policies: choose a stock target and order up to it if current stock is lower. Here the target can be computed one period at a time despite the possibility of future purchases and the separate question of how to ration stock among demand classes. The paper attributes a related myopic policy result to Veinott and explains that its own setting allows a more general rationing policy than the special zero-rationing-level case discussed there Topkis 1968, pp. 175–176. This mission formalizes Topkis's multiperiod statement, including its ordering and rationing conclusions.

Setting

There are NNN ordering periods, numbered 111 through NNN. Period mmm has a unit purchase cost cmc_mcm​. It contains kmk_mkm​ selling intervals, numbered backward: interval kmk_mkm​ is first and interval 111 is last. Within an interval, a random nonnegative demand vector has one component for each of nnn customer classes. The vectors in distinct intervals and periods are independent and each class has a finite mean. At the start of an interval the demand is observed. A decision then selects how much of each class's outstanding demand to leave unsatisfied. The remaining physical stock incurs a holding cost, and each unsatisfied unit incurs a class-specific penalty. Unsatisfied demand is either carried entirely to the next interval or lost entirely, according to the interval. Penalties are nonnegative and rise with class index, so class nnn has the highest shortage penalty Topkis 1968, pp. 162–163, 174.

Let www be net stock before ordering at the start of period mmm: physical stock minus outstanding backlogs. The order must clear the backlog, so the post-order stock zzz satisfies z≥w+=max⁡(w,0)z\ge w^+=\max(w,0)z≥w+=max(w,0). After period NNN, a further unit can be purchased for cN+1≥0c_{N+1}\ge0cN+1​≥0, while unused stock can be salvaged for revenue v≤cN+1v\le c_{N+1}v≤cN+1​. The terminal cost is CN+1(w)=(cN+1−v)w+C_{N+1}(w)=(c_{N+1}-v)w^+CN+1​(w)=(cN+1​−v)w+. Working backward, Cm(w)C_m(w)Cm​(w) is the optimal continuation cost, including the period-mmm ordering decision. The actual period cost g~m(z)\widetilde g^m(z)g​m(z) includes the later continuation value Cm+1C_{m+1}Cm+1​, and equation (19) reads

Cm(w)=inf⁡z≥w+g~m(z).C_m(w)=\inf_{z\ge w^+}\widetilde g^m(z).Cm​(w)=z≥w+inf​g​m(z).

The single-period cost gm(z)g^m(z)gm(z) uses the same demand, holding costs and rationing choices in period mmm, but replaces the later continuation value by the linear terminal charge −cm+1y-c_{m+1}y−cm+1​y. A myopic level yˉm\bar y_myˉ​m​ is any minimum of gmg^mgm on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); it is +∞+\infty+∞ if no such minimum exists. Thus the level need not be the smallest minimum when several stock levels tie Topkis 1968, pp. 174–175.

Formalization targets

Theorem 4: myopic ordering and rationing

Suppose v=cN+1v=c_{N+1}v=cN+1​ and the selected myopic levels are nondecreasing from period mmm onward:

yˉm≤yˉm+1≤⋯≤yˉN.\bar y_m\le\bar y_{m+1}\le\cdots\le\bar y_N.yˉ​m​≤yˉ​m+1​≤⋯≤yˉ​N​.

Then yˉm<+∞\bar y_m<+\inftyyˉ​m​<+∞, and ordering to w∨yˉmw\vee\bar y_mw∨yˉ​m​ minimizes g~m\widetilde g^mg​m over all feasible post-order levels z≥w+z\ge w^+z≥w+. If m<Nm<Nm<N and the stock at the start of period mmm is at most yˉm+1\bar y_{m+1}yˉ​m+1​, the optimal rationing policy during that period is the optimal policy for its single-period problem, calculated with terminal costs v1≡0v_1\equiv0v1​≡0 and v2(y)=−cm+1yv_2(y)=-c_{m+1}yv2​(y)=−cm+1​y Topkis 1968, Theorem 4.

The milestones are the paper's regularity claim for CmC_mCm​ and g~m\widetilde g^mg​m, existence of an actual optimal order-up-to level, finiteness of yˉN\bar y_Nyˉ​N​, the shape of CmC_mCm​ around an optimal level, and the comparison in equation (20). Together these specify the route from the general dynamic program to the myopic target.

Significance

Theorem 4 gives a checkable sufficient condition for replacing a multiperiod ordering computation with a sequence of single-period cost minimizations. It also identifies when the rationing decisions can be obtained from the same single-period model. The stock bound in its rationing clause matters: outside that range, future costs may alter which class demands should be filled now. The result therefore describes both the simplification and its operational domain Topkis 1968, pp. 175–176.

Topkis proved the theorem in 1968; the task here is to produce machine-checked definitions and proofs of that known result. The definitions of feasible rationing, backward value functions, myopic costs and order-up-to levels will also support comparisons with other finite-horizon inventory models. The §1 model is duplicated locally while the four missions for this paper are drafted in parallel, then intended for consolidation into a shared interface.

Difficulty

Convexity alone gives an order-up-to form for the actual cost g~m\widetilde g^mg​m, but it does not identify its minimizing level with a minimum of the simpler cost gmg^mgm. The continuation value Cm+1C_{m+1}Cm+1​ depends on all later ordering and rationing decisions. When some unsatisfied demand is lost, the end-of-period net stock can depend on the within-period rationing choice as well. The core issue is therefore to control the difference between the actual and myopic objectives in the stock range relevant to period mmm Topkis 1968, pp. 174–176. A statement restricted to a preselected rationing rule would miss the theorem's claim about optimality among all feasible decisions.

Formalization scope

Classes are indexed by Fin n; the largest index is the highest penalty class. Intervals and ordering periods use natural numbers with explicit bounds, and intervals retain the paper's backward numbering. Stock, penalties and costs are real. A period's demand vector has a probability law on real vectors supported on the nonnegative orthant, with every coordinate integrable. The §1 dynamic program uses real infima for feasible rationing choices and Bochner integrals for demand expectations. The multiperiod value CmC_mCm​ uses the nonnegative post-order domain z≥w+z\ge w^+z≥w+ in (19). Its defining infimum is intended to be finite under the paper's assumptions; the regularity and attainment milestones expose the facts that rule out Lean's default value for an unbounded infimum. These functions are used only at 1≤m≤N+11\le m\le N+11≤m≤N+1, with period costs at 1≤m≤N1\le m\le N1≤m≤N.

The multiperiod standing assumptions require n>0n>0n>0, N>0N>0N>0, and at least one interval per period, matching the paper’s positive counts.

Holding costs and the appropriate terminal costs satisfy the convexity and continuity assumptions of §1. Within each period, backlog multipliers equal 000 or 111. The terminal procurement cost is nonnegative and salvage revenue does not exceed it. Assumption (D′) is encoded as an eventually positive lower bound on the extended-real right derivative of cmw+∑i=mN∑tht,i(w)−vwc_mw+\sum_{i=m}^N\sum_t h_{t,i}(w)-vwcm​w+∑i=mN​∑t​ht,i​(w)−vw. The §1 terminal functions used in the period assumptions are the linear functions required by the single-period comparison; their regularity adds no independent restriction. Independence across intervals and periods is built into successive expectations. The goal separately assumes v=cN+1v=c_{N+1}v=cN+1​ and monotonicity of the selected myopic levels only from mmm through NNN.

The formal target compares the actual and single-period sets of optimal rationing decisions at every interval and at every nonnegative state with stock at most yˉm+1\bar y_{m+1}yˉ​m+1​. The stock bound and the full feasible set prevent the claim from becoming a result about a handpicked policy. Contributions to the backward recursion, convexity and attainment facts, and the comparison of these two decision sets are all part of this mission.

Selected references

  • Donald M. Topkis, Optimal Ordering and Rationing Policies in a Nonstationary Dynamic Inventory Model with n Demand Classes, Management Science 15(3), 160–176, 1968. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.15.3.160.
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Average Cost Optimal Stationary Policies in Infinite State Markov Decision Processes with Unbounded Costs: A Variable-Rate Queue Has an Average Cost Optimal Stationary Policy Whenever λ < max aβResearch Paper

Motivation

Controlled queues are the standard testing ground for Markov decision processes with infinitely many states: the state is a queue length, which is unbounded, and the holding cost grows with it. The classical theory of the average cost criterion (Ross, Applied Probability Models with Optimization Applications, 1970) produces an optimal stationary policy only when the relative discounted values are uniformly bounded, a condition that fails for almost every queue with unbounded holding costs. Linn I. Sennott's paper Average Cost Optimal Stationary Policies in Infinite State Markov Decision Processes with Unbounded Costs (Operations Research 37(4):626–633, 1989, doi:10.1287/opre.37.4.626) replaced that boundedness by one-sided conditions that are checked in practice by a monotonicity argument and a single test function. Her conditions became the standard tool for queueing control and are the basis of Chapter 7 of her book Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999).

Timeline:

  • 1962–1970. Derman and Ross obtain average cost optimal stationary policies from the vanishing discount approach when the relative values hαh_\alphahα​ are bounded.
  • 1986. Sennott treats the queue with variable service rates under bounded costs and gives a first discrete-time Tauberian argument (Operations Research 34, 1986a; 1986b).
  • 1989. This paper: Assumptions 1–3, the Theorem, the Markov chain test of Propositions 4–5, and applications to a packet system and to the queue with variable service rates (Proposition 8).

Setting

A Markov decision chain has states i=0,1,2,…i=0,1,2,\dotsi=0,1,2,…; in state iii a finite nonempty set AiA_iAi​ of actions; a cost 0≤C(i,a)<∞0\le C(i,a)<\infty0≤C(i,a)<∞; and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). A policy θ\thetaθ may depend on the whole history and may randomize; a stationary policy fff chooses f(i)∈Aif(i)\in A_if(i)∈Ai​ in state iii. For 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, Vθ,α(i)V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vθ,α​(i) is the expected total α\alphaα-discounted cost from iii and Vα(i)=inf⁡θVθ,α(i)V_\alpha(i)=\inf_\theta V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vα​(i)=infθ​Vθ,α​(i), possibly infinite. The average cost of θ\thetaθ is

gθ(i)=lim sup⁡N→∞1N Eθ[∑t=0N−1C(Xt,at) ∣ X0=i].g_\theta(i)=\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\,E_\theta\Big[\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}C(X_t,a_t)\,\Big|\,X_0=i\Big].gθ​(i)=N→∞limsup​N1​Eθ​[t=0∑N−1​C(Xt​,at​)​X0​=i].

A stationary policy fff is average cost optimal if there is a finite constant ggg with g=gf(i)≤gθ(i)g=g_f(i)\le g_\theta(i)g=gf​(i)≤gθ​(i) for every policy θ\thetaθ and every state iii.

The queue with variable service rates (Example 2). Time is slotted; pip_ipi​ is the probability of iii arrivals in a slot, independently across slots. The state is the number of customers at the beginning of a slot. When the queue is nonempty the server chooses one of finitely many decision variables aaa and serves at rate aβ∈(0,1)a\beta\in(0,1)aβ∈(0,1), so that the customer in service leaves during the slot with probability aβa\betaaβ; there is no decision in state 000. From state i≥1i\ge1i≥1 the next state is i−1+ki-1+ki−1+k with probability aβpk+(1−aβ)pk−1a\beta p_k+(1-a\beta)p_{k-1}aβpk​+(1−aβ)pk−1​ (p−1=0p_{-1}=0p−1​=0), and from 000 it is jjj with probability pjp_jpj​. The cost structure: B(a)>0B(a)>0B(a)>0; QQQ a polynomial of degree n≥0n\ge0n≥0, nonnegative and increasing on i≥0i\ge0i≥0; C(0)=Q(0)C(0)=Q(0)C(0)=Q(0) and C(i,a)=Q(i)+B(a)C(i,a)=Q(i)+B(a)C(i,a)=Q(i)+B(a) for i≥1i\ge1i≥1. The arrival moments are λ(k)=∑iikpi\lambda^{(k)}=\sum_i i^kp_iλ(k)=∑i​ikpi​ and λ=λ(1)\lambda=\lambda^{(1)}λ=λ(1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 8

If λ(n+1)<∞\lambda^{(n+1)}<\inftyλ(n+1)<∞, then

λ<max⁡a(aβ) ⟹ there is an average cost optimal stationary policy,\lambda<\max_a(a\beta)\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{there is an average cost optimal stationary policy},λ<amax​(aβ) ⟹ there is an average cost optimal stationary policy,

and

λ<min⁡a(aβ) ⟹ g+h(i)=min⁡a{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)h(j)},i≥0,\lambda<\min_a(a\beta)\ \Longrightarrow\ g+h(i)=\min_a\Big\{C(i,a)+\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h(j)\Big\},\quad i\ge0,λ<amin​(aβ) ⟹ g+h(i)=amin​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)h(j)},i≥0,

with ggg the optimal average cost, g=lim⁡α↑1(1−α)Vα(i)g=\lim_{\alpha\uparrow1}(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(i)g=limα↑1​(1−α)Vα​(i), and hhh bounded below.

Milestones

  1. Propositions 1–3 (p. 627): VαV_\alphaVα​ solves the discount optimality equation, is its minimal nonnegative solution, and is the limit of value iteration (already proved on the platform, referenced).
  2. The Lemma (p. 628): discount optimal stationary policies along αn→1\alpha_n\to1αn​→1 have a stationary limit point.
  3. Lemmas A1 and A2 (p. 632): the comparison between solutions of the optimality inequality and average costs, and lim sup⁡α↑1(1−α)Vα(i)≤gθ(i)\limsup_{\alpha\uparrow1}(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(i)\le g_\theta(i)limsupα↑1​(1−α)Vα​(i)≤gθ​(i).
  4. The Theorem (p. 628): under Assumptions 1–3, any limit point fff from the Lemma is average cost optimal, with the optimality inequalities (5); under Assumption 3*, the optimality equation (6).
  5. Propositions 4, 5 and the Corollary (pp. 629–630): the Markov chain criteria that yield Assumptions 1, 3 and 3* from one well-behaved stationary policy.
  6. Two steps of the proof of Proposition 8 (p. 631): Vα(i)V_\alpha(i)Vα​(i) is increasing in iii (hence Assumption 2), and the drift of r(i)=Ain+1r(i)=Ai^{n+1}r(i)=Ain+1 is a polynomial of degree at most nnn with leading coefficient A(n+1)(λ−aβ)A(n+1)(\lambda-a\beta)A(n+1)(λ−aβ), display (14).

Significance

Proposition 8 states that a queue in which at least one service rate exceeds the mean arrival rate has an average cost optimal stationary policy for holding costs of any polynomial growth, as long as the matching moment of the arrival distribution is finite. Bounded-cost results do not cover this case, which is the one used in practice. The general Theorem behind it is the standard vanishing discount theorem for countable-state models with unbounded costs; the Markov chain test of Propositions 4–5 and the Corollary reduces its hypotheses to a drift inequality for one policy.

All results of the paper are proved on paper. None is formalized: the platform has Sennott's discounted theory (Propositions 1–3, proved) and, as open statements, the book version of the Theorem (SennottDP.SEN.thm_7_2_3_sen_acoi), its existence part in a compact-action model (ArapostathisAC.SennottACOI.theorem_5_9), and the first half of Lemma A1 (SennottDP.SEN.lemma_7_2_1_acoi_bound). This mission states the paper's own version, with all conclusions of the Theorem, and its application to a concrete queue, which no platform item states.

Difficulty

The obvious route takes a limit of hα=Vα−Vα(0)h_\alpha=V_\alpha-V_\alpha(0)hα​=Vα​−Vα​(0) along a sequence αn→1\alpha_n\to1αn​→1 and passes to the limit in the discount optimality equation. With unbounded costs and unbounded hαh_\alphahα​ the sum ∑jPij(a)hα(j)\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h_\alpha(j)∑j​Pij​(a)hα​(j) is an infinite series of terms that need not converge uniformly, so the limit of the sums is not the sum of the limits. Only an inequality survives (Fatou's lemma, which needs the lower bound of Assumption 2), and the equation needs the integrable upper bound of Assumption 3*. For the queue, the hypotheses are not visible from the model: they come from a monotonicity property of VαV_\alphaVα​ and a Lyapunov drift computation whose leading term, A(n+1)(λ−aβ)inA(n+1)(\lambda-a\beta)i^nA(n+1)(λ−aβ)in, has to dominate a cost polynomial of the same degree.

Formalization scope

The model is the published Markov decision chain of Sennott (1999), SennottDP.Discounted.MDC ℕ Act, with its policies, discounted costs and value functions, and the published average cost SennottDP.SEN.avgCost; Markov chains, steady state probabilities and first passage costs are the published SennottDP.MarkovCost objects. Conventions:

  • costs, discounted values and average costs lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; VαV_\alphaVα​ may be infinite unless Assumption 1 is assumed;
  • hαh_\alphahα​ is a real number, used only together with Assumption 1;
  • the constants NNN and MiM_iMi​ of Assumptions 2–3 are explicit and chosen before iii and α\alphaα; Assumption 3* uses the same MMM;
  • "average cost optimal" always carries a finite constant g≥0g\ge0g≥0 and compares with all policies, not only stationary ones;
  • sums ∑jPij(a)h(j)\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h(j)∑j​Pij​(a)h(j) against a real function are extended reals (positive part minus negative part);
  • "ergodic" means positive recurrent (no aperiodicity);
  • in the queue, every decision is formally available in state 000 with identical cost Q(0)Q(0)Q(0) and identical transitions, which represents "no decision in state 0"; λ<max⁡a(aβ)\lambda<\max_a(a\beta)λ<maxa​(aβ) is "for some aaa" and λ<min⁡a(aβ)\lambda<\min_a(a\beta)λ<mina​(aβ) "for every aaa".

The second half of the goal is not "there exist ggg and hhh satisfying (6)": a pair solving (6) alone carries no optimality content, so the goal ties ggg to the optimal average cost and lim⁡α↑1(1−α)Vα\lim_{\alpha\uparrow1}(1-\alpha)V_\alphalimα↑1​(1−α)Vα​ and requires hhh bounded below. The Theorem's milestones are stated for every limit point given by the Lemma, not for some stationary policy. The hypotheses of the goal are satisfiable (two-point arrivals p0=3/4p_0=3/4p0​=3/4, p1=1/4p_1=1/4p1​=1/4, one rate aβ=1/2a\beta=1/2aβ=1/2, Q(i)=i+1Q(i)=i+1Q(i)=i+1, B=1B=1B=1), so the goal is not vacuous.

A complete development needs a discrete Tauberian inequality (already proved on the platform), Fatou's lemma for series, a compactness argument on ∏iAi\prod_iA_i∏i​Ai​, first passage identities and a Foster–Lyapunov criterion for positive recurrence. The Markov chain criteria (Proposition 4, the Corollary) and the Theorem are reusable for every countable-state queueing control model. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Average Cost Optimal Stationary Policies in Infinite State Markov Decision Processes with Unbounded Costs, Operations Research 37(4):626–633, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.37.4.626
  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • S. M. Ross, Applied Probability Models with Optimization Applications, Holden-Day, 1970.
  • A. G. Pakes, Some Conditions for Ergodicity and Recurrence of Markov Chains, Operations Research 17(6):1058–1061, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.17.6.1058
  • A. Arapostathis, V. S. Borkar, E. Fernández-Gaucherand, M. K. Ghosh, S. I. Marcus, Discrete-Time Controlled Markov Processes with Average Cost Criterion: A Survey, SIAM J. Control Optim. 31(2):282–344, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1137/0331018
22 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration 3: Sufficient Conditions for a Three-Region Optimal Policy and for an Optimal Policy That Never InspectsResearch Paper

Motivation

Inspection and revision cost money, but continued production can allow a deteriorating process to remain in a costly state. A controller therefore needs a rule that converts incomplete information about the process into an action. Ross's two-state model makes that decision precise: the process can be good or bad, the bad state persists until revision, and inspection reveals the current state. The observable state for decision making is a probability rather than the underlying process state. This setup is useful when quality is inferred from occasional inspection and actions must be chosen before the state is known. Ross proved structural results for discounted control in this model, including sufficient conditions for a policy with one inspection interval and for a policy with no inspection at all. Ross (1971)

The conditions in Theorem 3.7 use the model's optimal value itself. They are therefore structural tests for the shape of an optimal rule, rather than parameter-only design formulas. The preceding concavity, monotonicity and Lipschitz estimates explain which features of that value function support the tests. The mission records those estimates alongside the main result, so the target is a coherent part of the paper rather than an isolated inequality. Ross (1971), pp. 589–593

Setting

The belief P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1] is the probability that the production process is in the bad state at the beginning of a period. A good process becomes bad during a period with probability π∈[0,1]\pi\in[0,1]π∈[0,1] if it is not revised. A bad process remains bad. Thus producing without inspection changes the next belief to T(P)=P+π−πPT(P)=P+\pi-\pi PT(P)=P+π−πP. The discount factor is β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1). Producing without inspection has cost 000 in the good state and cost CCC in the bad state, so its expected current cost is CPCPCP. Inspection costs III in either state, and revision costs RRR in either state. The standing order is 0<C<I<R0<C<I<R0<C<I<R. The explicit C>0C>0C>0 records that CCC is a cost and makes the quotient in Theorem 3.7 meaningful.

Write Vβ(P)V_\beta(P)Vβ​(P) for the discounted value starting from belief PPP. Inspection reveals the current state: the next belief is π\piπ after observing a good process and 111 after observing a bad one. Revision resets the next belief to π\piπ. The three current-plus-continuation costs are

qP(P)=CP+βVβ(T(P)),qI(P)=I+βPVβ(1)+β(1−P)Vβ(π),qR(P)=R+βVβ(π).\begin{aligned} q_{\mathrm P}(P)&=CP+\beta V_\beta(T(P)),\\ q_{\mathrm I}(P)&=I+\beta P V_\beta(1)+\beta(1-P)V_\beta(\pi),\\ q_{\mathrm R}(P)&=R+\beta V_\beta(\pi). \end{aligned}qP​(P)qI​(P)qR​(P)​=CP+βVβ​(T(P)),=I+βPVβ​(1)+β(1−P)Vβ​(π),=R+βVβ​(π).​

The Bellman equation is Vβ(P)=min⁡{qP(P),qI(P),qR(P)}V_\beta(P)=\min\{q_{\mathrm P}(P),q_{\mathrm I}(P),q_{\mathrm R}(P)\}Vβ​(P)=min{qP​(P),qI​(P),qR​(P)}. A stationary rule is β\betaβ-optimal here when it chooses an action attaining this minimum at every admissible belief. This is the paper's decision rule criterion associated with equation (3). Ross (1971), p. 590, equation (3)

Formalization targets

The first target is the sufficient condition for an optimal three-region rule. Set Δ=Vβ(1)−Vβ(π)\Delta=V_\beta(1)-V_\beta(\pi)Δ=Vβ​(1)−Vβ​(π). If

(1−β)(R+βVβ(π))C≤R−IβΔ,\frac{(1-\beta)(R+\beta V_\beta(\pi))}{C}\le\frac{R-I}{\beta\Delta},C(1−β)(R+βVβ​(π))​≤βΔR−I​,

there are thresholds π≤P1≤P2\pi\le P_1\le P_2π≤P1​≤P2​ such that an optimal rule produces for P<P1P<P_1P<P1​, inspects for P1≤P<P2P_1\le P<P_2P1​≤P<P2​, and revises for P≥P2P\ge P_2P≥P2​. The revise interval may be empty: if no admissible belief has revision as an optimal action, P2P_2P2​ may exceed 111. If revision is optimal somewhere, the conclusion includes P2≤1P_2\le1P2​≤1. This is a repair to the printed bound in Theorem 3.7(a); the proof on p. 593 explicitly lets a missing threshold be infinite. Ross (1971), pp. 592–593, Theorem 3.7(a)

The second target gives an optimal no-inspection rule. If

I+βΔ≥C1−β(1−π)orR−IβΔ≤RC(1−β(1−π)),I+\beta\Delta\ge\frac{C}{1-\beta(1-\pi)} \quad\text{or}\quad \frac{R-I}{\beta\Delta}\le\frac{R}{C}\bigl(1-\beta(1-\pi)\bigr),I+βΔ≥1−β(1−π)C​orβΔR−I​≤CR​(1−β(1−π)),

then some P1≥πP_1\ge\piP1​≥π gives an optimal rule that produces below P1P_1P1​ and revises from P1P_1P1​ onward. A threshold above 111 is allowed and means that the rule produces throughout the admissible belief interval. Both alternatives in the source's condition are retained. Ross (1971), p. 592, Theorem 3.7(b)

Significance

The theorem identifies two kinds of simple stationary rule that can be optimal despite the value function depending on an unobserved process state. It says more than the existence of an optimal action at each belief: the selected actions can be arranged in belief intervals, and in the second regime inspection can be omitted entirely. These statements provide a compact description of decisions over the full continuum P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1]. Ross (1971), Theorem 3.7

The result was proved in the 1971 paper. This mission asks for machine-checked Lean proofs of its two repaired clauses, the value equation, and the stated shape estimates. The definitions and finite-horizon bound can also support later formalizations of related belief-state control models. No proof of this mission's draft theorem is claimed merely by compiling its statement.

Difficulty

The action costs have different shapes as functions of belief: inspection and revision give affine and constant expressions, while the production alternative includes the value at an updated belief. The apparent order of their pairwise crossings does not by itself establish that one selected rule attains the minimum at every belief. Equalities at a threshold also matter, since the rule must be optimal at the boundary points. The printed upper bound on the last threshold fails when revision never minimizes the Bellman equation; imposing it without qualification would make the formal target false.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a belief as a real number and restricts all claims to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. It defines V0=0V^0=0V0=0 and obtains Vn+1V^{n+1}Vn+1 by taking the minimum of the three action costs with continuation VnV^nVn, exactly as in equation (4). The value VβV_\betaVβ​ is the limit of these iterates; convergence and boundedness are part of the equation (3) milestone. This prevents an arbitrary function satisfying a convenient fixed-point hypothesis from replacing the value the paper studies. The rule types are total real-to-action functions, while optimality is checked for every admissible belief, including P=1P=1P=1 and both thresholds.

The paper's general Lemma 2.1 is represented by its scalar two-state instance. The finite-horizon Lipschitz bound and its limiting corollary use P1,P2∈[0,1]P_1,P_2\in[0,1]P1​,P2​∈[0,1]. The last quotient in Corollary 3.6 divides by π\piπ, so that second inequality is stated under π>0\pi>0π>0; the first inequality, and the main theorem, cover π=0\pi=0π=0. If π=1\pi=1π=1, then Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0. Lean's real division gives a zero quotient in that case; the two implications in Theorem 3.7 remain valid under this convention. The development needs reusable results about convergence of discounted value iteration, concavity and monotonicity on an interval, and elementary estimates for affine belief updates. Contributions establishing those results or proving either sufficient-condition clause are within scope.

Selected references

  • Sheldon M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9), Theory Series, 587–596, 1971. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration 2: Never Inspecting or Revising Is Optimal Exactly When R ≥ C/(1 − β(1 − π))Research Paper

Motivation

A production process can deteriorate without an operator seeing its current condition. Producing a unit, inspecting the process, and revising the process have different immediate costs and different effects on what can be known or controlled next period. The operator therefore needs a rule based on a belief about deterioration, rather than on the hidden physical state. Ross's two-state model asks when the simplest rule, producing every period without inspection, is actually optimal over an unlimited discounted horizon Ross 1971.

The question matters whenever an action has a cost now but may reduce future losses. Paying for inspection only supplies information; paying for revision restores a deteriorated process. The answer depends on the bad-state production cost, the deterioration probability, the revision charge, and the weight assigned to future periods. A comparison of immediate costs alone cannot settle whether revision is worthwhile. Ross's Theorem 3.4 gives an exact boundary between a regime where producing forever is optimal from every initial belief and a regime where revision is forced when deterioration is nearly certain Ross 1971, Theorem 3.4.

Setting

There are two underlying states: good and bad. The current state is hidden, and P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1] is the probability that it is bad at the beginning of a period. Producing without inspection costs zero in the good state and CCC in the bad state, so its expected immediate cost is CPCPCP. A good process becomes bad with probability π\piπ in one period; a bad process remains bad until revision. Thus a period of production without inspection changes the belief to T(P)=P+π−πPT(P)=P+\pi-\pi PT(P)=P+π−πP. These are the conventions of the paper's Section 3 Ross 1971, p. 590.

The other actions are inspection, at cost III, and revision, at cost RRR. Inspection reveals the current state: the next belief is 111 when the state was bad and π\piπ when it was good. Revision returns the process to the good state before its next transition, so the next belief is π\piπ. The standing parameter conditions are 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, 0≤π≤10\le\pi\le10≤π≤1, and 0<C<I<R0<C<I<R0<C<I<R; β\betaβ is the discount factor. The paper explicitly assumes C<I<RC<I<RC<I<R and a discount factor in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Positive CCC states the intended positive bad-state cost and makes the threshold comparison meaningful Ross 1971, pp. 588, 590.

For a future-cost function WWW, the three Bellman alternatives at belief PPP are CP+βW(TP)CP+\beta W(TP)CP+βW(TP), I+βPW(1)+β(1−P)W(π)I+\beta P W(1)+\beta(1-P)W(\pi)I+βPW(1)+β(1−P)W(π), and R+βW(π)R+\beta W(\pi)R+βW(π). Their minimum defines one step of finite-horizon value iteration, beginning with V0=0V^0=0V0=0. The limit Vβ(P)V_\beta(P)Vβ​(P) is the optimal discounted cost. Write R0R^0R0 for the rule that always produces without inspection, and define its cost from the actual discounted series ψ(P)=∑n=0∞βnCTnP\psi(P)=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\beta^n C T^nPψ(P)=∑n=0∞​βnCTnP Ross 1971, equations (3)–(5).

Formalization targets

The first target establishes that value iteration converges on [0,1][0,1][0,1], gives a bounded solution to the two-state Bellman equation, and identifies that solution uniquely among bounded functions. The iterated update and Ross's equation (5) then evaluate the cost of R0R^0R0:

TnP=1−(1−P)(1−π)n,ψ(P)=C1−β−C(1−P)1−β(1−π).T^nP=1-(1-P)(1-\pi)^n,\qquad \psi(P)=\frac{C}{1-\beta}-\frac{C(1-P)}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.TnP=1−(1−P)(1−π)n,ψ(P)=1−βC​−1−β(1−π)C(1−P)​.

The sensitivity milestones retain the exact finite-horizon factor in Lemma 3.5 and the infinite-horizon bound in Corollary 3.6. In particular, for P1,P2∈[0,1]P_1,P_2\in[0,1]P1​,P2​∈[0,1],

∣Vβ(P1)−Vβ(P2)∣≤C∣P1−P2∣1−β(1−π).|V_\beta(P_1)-V_\beta(P_2)|\le \frac{C|P_1-P_2|}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.∣Vβ​(P1​)−Vβ​(P2​)∣≤1−β(1−π)C∣P1​−P2​∣​.

The mission goal is both clauses of Theorem 3.4. The always-produce rule is optimal from every initial belief exactly at and above the threshold

R≥C1−β(1−π).R\ge\frac{C}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.R≥1−β(1−π)C​.

Below that threshold, revision is the unique minimizing action for beliefs sufficiently near 111 from the left Ross 1971, pp. 591–592.

Significance

The theorem gives a parameter test for omitting both inspection and revision from an optimal policy in this model. Its second clause adds a local statement when that test fails: near certain deterioration, merely allowing revision as one optimal choice is insufficient; any optimal choice must revise. The sensitivity bounds quantify the effect of imperfect knowledge of the state and supply continuity of the value function used in the paper's treatment of that neighborhood Ross 1971, Theorem 3.4 and Corollary 3.6.

Ross proved these results in 1971. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the paper's exact statements in a concrete two-state discounted model. The reusable formal objects are the belief update, the three-action Bellman operator, finite-horizon values, and the always-produce cost series. The goal and milestones here are open formalization targets; their mathematical status as published theorems is distinct from their proof status in Lean.

Difficulty

The cost of always producing can be computed explicitly, but equality with the optimal value is a global assertion about all beliefs and all three available actions. A comparison at one belief does not certify optimality everywhere. The reverse implication also has to recover a parameter inequality from optimality of a policy, rather than from its immediate cost alone. The strict conclusion near P=1P=1P=1 requires control of the value as the belief varies; pointwise action comparison at P=1P=1P=1 does not itself establish an interval Ross 1971, pp. 591–592.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses real parameters and a real belief restricted to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. It has three explicit actions and the exact right-hand sides of equation (3). Its value is the limit of iteration from V0=0V^0=0V0=0, so V1=min⁡{CP,I,R}V^1=\min\{CP,I,R\}V1=min{CP,I,R} matches the paper. Convergence, boundedness, and Bellman uniqueness are stated as a milestone. The always-produce cost is the infinite series of actual stage costs, with its closed form reserved for a separate milestone. Consequently, defining the cost by equation (5) cannot make that milestone true by definition.

The discounted-optimality claim for R0R^0R0 means ψ(P)=Vβ(P)\psi(P)=V_\beta(P)ψ(P)=Vβ​(P) for every P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1]. The phrase “every optimal policy revises” is represented by revision being strictly cheaper in the Bellman equation than both other actions; this expresses a unique minimizing action for a stationary decision at that belief. “Near 111” means a one-sided neighborhood within [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The second inequality in Corollary 3.6 is stated only when π>0\pi>0π>0, because division by π=0\pi=0π=0 has a default value in Lean. The first inequality and Theorem 3.4 retain the π=0\pi=0π=0 case.

The development needs real series, limits, finite-horizon recursion, elementary inequalities, and bounded fixed-point reasoning. Proofs of the model-specific Bellman equation, cost identity, exact sensitivity bounds, and Theorem 3.4 are welcome. General tools for discounted Bellman operators or real-series identities would also be useful beyond this mission. No policy class is smuggled in as an arbitrary hypothesis: the value and the cost of R0R^0R0 are computed from the model data.

Selected references

  • Sheldon M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9), Theory Series, 587–596, 1971. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing and Inventory Control of Substitute Products 3: Optimal Dynamic Prices When the Other Variates Keep Fixed PricesResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that sells a line of substitutable products — sizes, colours or models of one item — over a short season without replenishment must decide how to price each variate as inventory runs down. Customers substitute: when one variate is expensive or sold out, part of its demand moves to the others. Dong, Kouvelis and Tian (M&SOM 2009) model this with a multinomial logit (MNL) choice model inside a finite-horizon dynamic program and characterize the optimal prices in closed form up to one scalar equation per period.

Retailers often cannot reprice everything. A common arrangement, described in §5.1.3 of the paper, is mixed pricing: products advertised in a printed catalogue keep their catalogue prices for the season, while products sold only online are repriced dynamically. Proposition 2 of the paper gives the optimal dynamic prices in this setting. It is the third of the paper's three optimal-pricing results, after the full dynamic pricing model (Theorem 1) and unified dynamic pricing with one common price (Proposition 1); each is the subject of its own mission in this series.

Setting

There are nnn variates n={1,…,n}\mathfrak n = \{1,\dots,n\}n={1,…,n} and ttt remaining periods; time counts down. In each period one customer arrives with probability λ∈(0,1]\lambda \in (0,1]λ∈(0,1]. Variate iii has a quality index aia_iai​; the no-purchase option has utility u0u_0u0​; μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 is the MNL scale. The inventory is x∈Nnx \in \mathbb N^nx∈Nn, and the in-stock set is S(x)={i:xi>0}S(x) = \{i : x^i > 0\}S(x)={i:xi>0}. A sold-out variate leaves the choice set.

The variates are split into a dynamic-pricing set n1\mathfrak n_1n1​ and a fixed-pricing set n2=n∖n1\mathfrak n_2 = \mathfrak n \setminus \mathfrak n_1n2​=n∖n1​, where j∈n2j \in \mathfrak n_2j∈n2​ is always sold at its fixed price rj≥0r^j \ge 0rj≥0. Write S1(x)=S(x)∩n1S_1(x) = S(x)\cap\mathfrak n_1S1​(x)=S(x)∩n1​ and S2(x)=S(x)∩n2S_2(x) = S(x)\cap\mathfrak n_2S2​(x)=S(x)∩n2​. Given dynamic prices rir^iri (i∈n1i \in \mathfrak n_1i∈n1​), an arriving customer buys an in-stock variate iii with probability

Pi=e(ai−ri)/μ∑j∈S(x)e(aj−rj)/μ+eu0/μ,P^i = \frac{e^{(a_i - r^i)/\mu}}{\sum_{j\in S(x)} e^{(a_j - r^j)/\mu} + e^{u_0/\mu}},Pi=∑j∈S(x)​e(aj​−rj)/μ+eu0​/μe(ai​−ri)/μ​,

and buys nothing with probability P0P^0P0 (numerator eu0/μe^{u_0/\mu}eu0​/μ). The value function πt(x)\pi_t(x)πt​(x) is the maximum expected revenue from ttt periods with inventory xxx: π0≡0\pi_0 \equiv 0π0​≡0 and

πt(x)=max⁡r∈R+n1{λ∑i∈S(x)riPi+λ∑i∈S(x)Pi πt−1(x−ei)+(λP0+1−λ) πt−1(x)}.\pi_t(x) = \max_{r \in \mathbb R^{n_1}_+}\Big\{\lambda\sum_{i\in S(x)} r^i P^i + \lambda\sum_{i\in S(x)} P^i\,\pi_{t-1}(x-e^i) + (\lambda P^0 + 1-\lambda)\,\pi_{t-1}(x)\Big\}.πt​(x)=r∈R+n1​​max​{λi∈S(x)∑​riPi+λi∈S(x)∑​Piπt−1​(x−ei)+(λP0+1−λ)πt−1​(x)}.

The marginal value of a unit of variate iii is Δiπt(x)=πt(x)−πt(x−ei)\Delta^i\pi_t(x) = \pi_t(x) - \pi_t(x-e^i)Δiπt​(x)=πt​(x)−πt​(x−ei). For a fixed-price variate put vj=rj−Δjπt−1(x)v_j = r^j - \Delta^j\pi_{t-1}(x)vj​=rj−Δjπt−1​(x) and uj=aj−rju_j = a_j - r^juj​=aj​−rj; for the outside option v0=0v_0 = 0v0​=0, and S2+(x)=S2(x)∪{0}S_2^+(x) = S_2(x)\cup\{0\}S2+​(x)=S2​(x)∪{0}.

In Lean the model lives in SubstitutePricing.Mixed.Model: S1, S2, P, P0, objM, piM, deltaM, v, uf, lhs15, rhs15, rstarM.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

For every t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 and inventory xxx, the margin equation

∑j∈S2+(x)(mt−vjμ−1)e(mt+uj)/μ=∑i∈S1(x)e(ai−Δiπt−1(x))/μ(15)\sum_{j\in S_2^+(x)}\Big(\frac{m_t - v_j}{\mu} - 1\Big)e^{(m_t+u_j)/\mu} = \sum_{i\in S_1(x)} e^{(a_i - \Delta^i\pi_{t-1}(x))/\mu} \tag{15}j∈S2+​(x)∑​(μmt​−vj​​−1)e(mt​+uj​)/μ=i∈S1​(x)∑​e(ai​−Δiπt−1​(x))/μ(15)

has exactly one solution mt(x)m_t(x)mt​(x); the dynamic prices

rti∗(x)=Δiπt−1(x)+mt(x),i∈S1(x),r^{i*}_t(x) = \Delta^i\pi_{t-1}(x) + m_t(x), \qquad i \in S_1(x),rti∗​(x)=Δiπt−1​(x)+mt​(x),i∈S1​(x),

are allowable and attain the maximum in the optimality equation; and

πt(x)=λ∑s=1t[ms(x)−μ].\pi_t(x) = \lambda\sum_{s=1}^t\big[m_s(x) - \mu\big].πt​(x)=λs=1∑t​[ms​(x)−μ].

Milestones

In the order the paper's proof uses them: the optimality equation rewritten as a price objective plus πt−1\pi_{t-1}πt−1​ (29); the no-purchase and fixed-price probabilities as functions of the dynamic ones (30); strict joint concavity of the objective (31) in the dynamic choice probabilities; the form (32)–(34) of an optimal price vector; the equivalence of (15) with (36) and uniqueness of its root; and the one-period recursion πt−πt−1=λ(mt−μ)\pi_t - \pi_{t-1} = \lambda(m_t - \mu)πt​−πt−1​=λ(mt​−μ).

Significance

The result says that, even with part of the line frozen at catalogue prices, the optimal dynamic prices keep the structure of the full model: every repriced variate earns the same margin mtm_tmt​ over its own marginal value, and one scalar equation per period determines that margin. The fixed-price variates enter (15) in exactly the role of the outside option, each weighted by its own net value vjv_jvj​; when n2=∅\mathfrak n_2 = \emptysetn2​=∅, (15) reduces to the margin equation (10) of Theorem 1. One difference from the full model is that the identity mtPt0∗=μm_t P^{0*}_t = \mumt​Pt0∗​=μ fails here, so the margin is not tied to the no-purchase probability alone. The structure reduces each period's n1n_1n1​-dimensional price optimization to a one-dimensional root and supports the paper's comparison of mixed, unified and full dynamic pricing in §5.

The paper gives a complete proof (Appendix A, pp. 337–338). None of it is formalized: Prove2Me and Mathlib have no MNL pricing dynamic program. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the proof, including the step the paper leaves unchecked (below).

Difficulty

The objective is not concave in prices, so a stationary point in price space is not automatically a maximum, and the obvious first-order argument proves nothing by itself. The fixed-price variates make the coupling worse than in the full model: their purchase probabilities move with every dynamic price, and the identity mtPt0∗=μm_t P^{0*}_t = \mumt​Pt0∗​=μ that pins the margin in Theorem 1 is lost.

The second difficulty is a gap. The price set is R+n1\mathbb R^{n_1}_+R+n1​​, and the proof never checks that the prices Δiπt−1(x)+mt\Delta^i\pi_{t-1}(x) + m_tΔiπt−1​(x)+mt​ are nonnegative. In Theorem 1 this follows from mt>μm_t > \mumt​>μ and Δiπt−1≥0\Delta^i\pi_{t-1}\ge 0Δiπt−1​≥0. Here the left side of (15) is negative for m≤μ+min⁡(0,min⁡jvj)m \le \mu + \min(0, \min_j v_j)m≤μ+min(0,minj​vj​), so mt>0m_t > 0mt​>0 follows once every vj≥−μv_j \ge -\muvj​≥−μ; the paper bounds vjv_jvj​ nowhere. Random search over small instances found no negative optimal price, so the goal is posed as printed. A complete formalization of the goal must close this gap.

Formalization scope

  • Variates are Fin n; the dynamic set is a Finset; inventories are Fin n → ℕ; time counts down with π0=0\pi_0 = 0π0​=0 defined by recursion on t : ℕ. Results are stated for t≥1t \ge 1t≥1.
  • The paper's null price ri=∞r^i = \inftyri=∞ for sold-out variates is modelled by removing them from the choice set, so in-stock prices are finite reals.
  • The no-sale term of (3) is counted once, as (5) and the proofs use it.
  • The value function is sSup over {r:ri≥0, i∈n1}\{r : r^i \ge 0,\ i\in\mathfrak n_1\}{r:ri≥0, i∈n1​}; coordinates outside n1\mathfrak n_1n1​ are ignored. Fixed prices are assumed nonnegative. The goal asserts feasibility of the prices, attainment of the maximum, and the value identity, so it never rests on the value of sSup at an unattained or unbounded set.
  • The root of (15) is quantified as "the unique mmm", not chosen inside a definition; the revenue formula takes the roots msm_sms​ for s=1,…,ts = 1,\dots,ts=1,…,t at the same inventory xxx, as the paper specifies.
  • The case S1(x)=∅S_1(x) = \emptysetS1​(x)=∅ is included: the right side of (15) is 000 and the root is μ+∑jθjvj/(1+Θ)\mu + \sum_j\theta_j v_j/(1+\Theta)μ+∑j​θj​vj​/(1+Θ).
  • The printed (36) has Δjπt\Delta^j\pi_tΔjπt​ where (32) and (37) have Δjπt−1\Delta^j\pi_{t-1}Δjπt−1​; the misprint is not copied.
  • Strict concavity (31) is stated on the open probability domain with the coordinates outside S1(x)S_1(x)S1​(x) pinned to 000.
  • The nonnegativity of the optimal prices is asserted as printed (see Difficulty).

A trivializing formalization — relaxing the price set to Rn1\mathbb R^{n_1}Rn1​, stating the value identity without attainment, or adding a hypothesis that bounds mtm_tmt​ from below — would remove the gap rather than prove the theorem, and is ruled out.

The development needs the MNL choice probabilities, the dynamic program, a strict-concavity argument on an open simplex, and a monotonicity-plus-intermediate-value root lemma. The model file is kept identical, up to the mixed-pricing data, to the files of the other two missions in this series so they can be consolidated. Proofs of any milestone, and in particular an argument closing the nonnegativity gap, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Dong, P. Kouvelis, Z. Tian, Dynamic Pricing and Inventory Control of Substitute Products, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 11(2) (2009) 317–339. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1080.0221
  • G. Gallego, G. van Ryzin, A multiproduct dynamic pricing problem and its application to network yield management, Operations Research 45(1) (1997) 24–41. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.1.24
  • W. Hanson, K. Martin, Optimizing multinomial logit profit functions, Management Science 42(7) (1996) 992–1003. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.42.7.992
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Computational GeometryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Economic Lot Sizing: An O(n log n) Algorithm That Runs in Linear Time in the Wagner-Whitin Case 1: The Threshold Rule on Efficient Periods Picks an Optimal Next Production PeriodResearch Paper

Motivation

Economic lot sizing asks how to meet a known sequence of demands while deciding when to set up production and how much to carry forward. It is a basic deterministic inventory problem: a setup has a fixed cost, production has a per-unit cost, and inventory may be held for later demand. Recomputing every possible next production period in the standard backward dynamic program takes a quadratic number of candidate comparisons. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen use the geometry of cumulative-demand points to identify which candidates can affect the minimum. Their Section 2 gives the threshold rule targeted here. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992)

The paper notes independent related work by Aggarwal and Park and by Federgruen and Tzur. The published Prove2Me items for Federgruen and Tzur formalize a forward recursion and its minimal optimal predecessor lists. They address the same planning problem through different state variables; the backward value and efficient periods of this mission are new objects. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), p. S145

Setting

A planning horizon consists of periods 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n, with n≥1n\ge1n≥1, and an extra terminal period n+1n+1n+1. In period iii, a known demand di≥0d_i\ge0di​≥0 must be met without backlogging. The final demand is positive, dn>0d_n>0dn​>0; a trailing zero-demand period could otherwise be deleted. A production setup costs fi≥0f_i\ge0fi​≥0, and every unit produced in that period has a marginal cost ci∈Rc_i\in\mathbb Rci​∈R. The sign of cic_ici​ is unrestricted. Holding costs have been absorbed into these transformed marginal costs, as in Section 1 of the paper. Define the remaining demand D(t)=∑j=tndjD(t)=\sum_{j=t}^{n}d_jD(t)=∑j=tn​dj​, with D(n+1)=0D(n+1)=0D(n+1)=0. If production at iii covers demand until the next production period ttt, then D(i)−D(t)D(i)-D(t)D(i)−D(t) units are produced. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), pp. S146–S147

The backward value G(t)G(t)G(t) starts at G(n+1)=0G(n+1)=0G(n+1)=0 and follows Equation (1). At positive demand, it minimizes fi+ci[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t)f_i+c_i[D(i)-D(t)]+G(t)fi​+ci​[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t) over i<t≤n+1i<t\le n+1i<t≤n+1. When di=0d_i=0di​=0, skipping setup and using G(i+1)G(i+1)G(i+1) is an additional choice. The paper identifies G(t)G(t)G(t) with the optimal cost from ttt onward using the cited zero-inventory property. This mission takes Equation (1) as the definition of GGG; it does not formalize the separate equivalence with the original production-plan formulations. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), p. S147

For a fixed iii, plot the finite points (D(t),G(t))(D(t),G(t))(D(t),G(t)) for i<t≤n+1i<t\le n+1i<t≤n+1. Their lower convex envelope is a piecewise linear graph. Its endpoints and places where its slope changes are breakpoints; the corresponding period indexes form the efficient set EiE_iEi​. Write succ⁡i(t)\operatorname{succ}_i(t)succi​(t) for the next larger index in EiE_iEi​. The consecutive-point ratio is ri(t)=[G(t)−G(succ⁡i(t))]/[D(t)−D(succ⁡i(t))]r_i(t)=[G(t)-G(\operatorname{succ}_i(t))]/[D(t)-D(\operatorname{succ}_i(t))]ri​(t)=[G(t)−G(succi​(t))]/[D(t)−D(succi​(t))]. These objects have no optimization over production policies hidden in their definitions. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), pp. S147–S150

Formalization targets

Efficient candidates

Proposition 1 says every candidate outside EiE_iEi​ can be removed without changing the minimum:

min⁡i<t≤n+1{ci[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t)}=min⁡t∈Ei{ci[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t)}.\min_{i<t\le n+1}\{c_i[D(i)-D(t)]+G(t)\}=\min_{t\in E_i}\{c_i[D(i)-D(t)]+G(t)\}.i<t≤n+1min​{ci​[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t)}=t∈Ei​min​{ci​[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t)}.

The endpoint and slope claims establish the geometry used in this reduction. Proposition 2 compares neighboring efficient periods using ri(t)r_i(t)ri​(t) and cic_ici​. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), pp. S147–S149

Threshold rule and backward value

The selected period is the first efficient index whose ratio falls below the current marginal cost, with the terminal period as fallback:

q(i)=min⁡({n+1}∪{t∈Ei:t<n+1, ri(t)<ci}).q(i)=\min\bigl(\{n+1\}\cup\{t\in E_i:t<n+1,\ r_i(t)<c_i\}\bigr).q(i)=min({n+1}∪{t∈Ei​:t<n+1, ri​(t)<ci​}).

The goal asserts that the full candidate minimum is attained there and that the algorithm's resulting assignment equals G(i)G(i)G(i):

min⁡i<t≤n+1{ci[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t)}=ci[D(i)−D(q(i))]+G(q(i)),\min_{i<t\le n+1}\{c_i[D(i)-D(t)]+G(t)\}=c_i[D(i)-D(q(i))]+G(q(i)),i<t≤n+1min​{ci​[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t)}=ci​[D(i)−D(q(i))]+G(q(i)), G(i)={fi+ci[D(i)−D(q(i))]+G(q(i)),di>0,min⁡{G(i+1),fi+ci[D(i)−D(q(i))]+G(q(i))},di=0.G(i)=\begin{cases}f_i+c_i[D(i)-D(q(i))]+G(q(i)),&d_i>0,\\ \min\{G(i+1),f_i+c_i[D(i)-D(q(i))]+G(q(i))\},&d_i=0.\end{cases}G(i)={fi​+ci​[D(i)−D(q(i))]+G(q(i)),min{G(i+1),fi​+ci​[D(i)−D(q(i))]+G(q(i))},​di​>0,di​=0.​

This states the mathematical choice and value; it does not assert a time bound. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), pp. S149–S150

Significance

The result reduces a finite dynamic-programming minimum to the vertices of a lower envelope and gives an explicit threshold for choosing a minimizing vertex. It explains which future production period the backward recursion may select even when marginal costs are negative or some intermediate demands are zero. The paper uses ordered slopes to implement the selection efficiently; a solver proving the statements here establishes the mathematical correctness of that selection independently of a particular list representation. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), pp. S148–S150

The paper's result is proved in print. The Lean statements are open proof obligations in this proposal. A complete development would add reusable finite lower-envelope facts, including vertex dominance and the order of adjacent slopes, as well as a machine-checked treatment of the zero-demand tie convention. The previously published forward-algorithm items do not supply these backward-recursion facts.

Difficulty

A candidate point can have a smaller value G(t)G(t)G(t) than a neighboring point yet still fail to minimize ci[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t)c_i[D(i)-D(t)]+G(t)ci​[D(i)−D(t)]+G(t) for a given cic_ici​. Comparing raw values alone therefore cannot identify the selected period. The lower envelope must retain exactly the points that can support a line of slope cic_ici​, and their consecutive ratios must be ordered. Zero demand creates repeated abscissae; without a representative rule, a ratio may have denominator zero and the successor is ambiguous. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), pp. S147–S150

Formalization scope

Periods are natural numbers starting at 111; n+1n+1n+1 is the terminal sentinel. Demands, setup costs, marginal costs and values are real numbers. Finite minima use attained Finset.inf', with nonempty domains. The effective score omits the common setup cost fif_ifi​. No sign restriction is imposed on cic_ici​. The efficient set is determined by a finite chord test for lower-envelope vertices: points on a chord are excluded, and at identical abscissa and height the earliest period is retained. This makes explicit the paper's zero-demand replacement convention on p. S150. The successor is used only on nonsentinel efficient periods; there its denominator is positive. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), pp. S147–S150

The algorithm's printed Iterations use d1nd_{1n}d1n​ where dind_{in}din​ is required; the Lean statement uses D(i)−D(q(i))=di,q(i)−1D(i)-D(q(i))=d_{i,q(i)-1}D(i)−D(q(i))=di,q(i)−1​, matching the preceding display and the numerical table. The zero-demand branch explicitly includes skipping setup. The selector is the ratio-threshold rule, rather than an argmin, and the efficient set is the actual lower-envelope vertex set rather than all periods. A finite zero-demand example and Tables I–II are used as verification data. The paper's O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) bound, the binary-search implementation, the amortized list updates, the O(n)O(n)O(n) Wagner–Whitin specialization and the final production-plan construction are outside this mission: they require additional algorithm-state and cost-model statements. Wagelmans, Van Hoesel and Kolen (1992), pp. S149–S152

Selected references

  • A. Wagelmans, S. Van Hoesel and A. Kolen, Economic Lot Sizing: An O(n log n) Algorithm That Runs in Linear Time in the Wagner-Whitin Case, Operations Research 40, Supplement 1 (1992), S145–S156. DOI: 10.1287/opre.40.1.S145
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Numerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Modified Policy Iteration Algorithms for Discounted Markov Decision Problems: From Bv₀ ≥ 0, Order-k Iterates Satisfy ‖v* − v_{n+1}‖ ≤ min{λ, λ(1−λᵏ)/(1−λ)‖P_n − P*‖ + λ^{k+1}}‖v_n − v*‖Research Paper

Motivation

Discounted Markov decision problems are solved in practice by two classical schemes. Value iteration (successive approximations) is cheap per step but contracts the error only by the discount factor λ\lambdaλ per step, which is slow when λ\lambdaλ is close to 111. Policy iteration (Howard, 1960) converges in few steps, but each step solves a linear system for the value of the current policy. Puterman and Brumelle (Mathematics of Operations Research, 1979) showed that policy iteration is Newton's method applied to the optimality equation.

Puterman and Shin (Management Science 24, 1978) interpolated between the two schemes: replace the exact policy evaluation by k+1k+1k+1 steps of successive approximation. This is modified policy iteration of order kkk. For k=0k=0k=0 it is value iteration; as k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞ it approaches policy iteration. The paper proves that every order converges and bounds its rate. The scheme remains a standard algorithm in dynamic programming (Puterman, Markov Decision Processes, Wiley 1994, §6.5), and it appears in reinforcement learning as "optimistic" or "generalized" policy iteration.

Timeline. Howard (1960): policy iteration for finite problems. Puterman–Brumelle (1979, circulated earlier): policy iteration as Newton–Kantorovich iteration, and the support inequality for the optimality operator. van Nunen (1976) and van Nunen–Wessels: convergence of related value-oriented methods in a different framework. Puterman–Shin (1978): convergence of modified policy iteration of every order from a starting point with Bv0≥0Bv_0\ge 0Bv0​≥0, and the rate bound formalized here.

Setting

SSS is a set of states with a σ\sigmaσ-algebra. A family P\mathcal PP of policies is given. Each P∈PP\in\mathcal PP∈P is a transition operator: a Markov kernel assigning to each state sss a probability distribution P(s,⋅)P(s,\cdot)P(s,⋅) on SSS. Each policy also has a one-period reward cP:S→Rc_P:S\to\mathbb RcP​:S→R, and the rewards are uniformly bounded: sup⁡Psup⁡s∣cP(s)∣≤M<∞\sup_P\sup_s|c_P(s)|\le M<\inftysupP​sups​∣cP​(s)∣≤M<∞. The discount rate satisfies 0≤λ<10\le\lambda<10≤λ<1.

VVV is the Banach space of bounded measurable functions v:S→Rv:S\to\mathbb Rv:S→R with ∥v∥=sup⁡s∣v(s)∣\|v\|=\sup_s|v(s)|∥v∥=sups​∣v(s)∣. A kernel acts on VVV by (Pv)(s)=∫v(t) P(s,dt)(Pv)(s)=\int v(t)\,P(s,dt)(Pv)(s)=∫v(t)P(s,dt). For linear AAA on VVV, ∥A∥=sup⁡∥x∥≤1∥Ax∥\|A\|=\sup_{\|x\|\le 1}\|Ax\|∥A∥=sup∥x∥≤1​∥Ax∥.

The optimality equation is

Bv≡max⁡P∈P{cP+(λP−I)v}=0.(1)Bv\equiv\max_{P\in\mathcal P}\{c_P+(\lambda P-I)v\}=0. \tag{1}Bv≡P∈Pmax​{cP​+(λP−I)v}=0.(1)

The paper assumes throughout that the maximum in (1) is attained for every v∈Vv\in Vv∈V, by a single policy PvP_vPv​ at every state.

For k≥0k\ge 0k≥0, the truncated Neumann series is APk=∑i=0k(λP)iA^k_P=\sum_{i=0}^k(\lambda P)^iAPk​=∑i=0k​(λP)i. Modified policy iteration of order kkk runs the recursion

vn+1=vn+APnkBvn,(4)v_{n+1}=v_n+A^k_{P_n}Bv_n, \tag{4}vn+1​=vn​+APn​k​Bvn​,(4)

where PnP_nPn​ attains the maximum in (1) at vnv_nvn​. A solution v∗∈Vv^*\in Vv∗∈V of Bv∗=0Bv^*=0Bv∗=0 exists and is unique. P∗=Pv∗P^*=P_{v^*}P∗=Pv∗​ denotes a policy attaining the maximum at v∗v^*v∗. The proofs also use the operators Ukv=max⁡P{∑i=0k(λP)icP+(λP)k+1v}U^kv=\max_P\{\sum_{i=0}^k(\lambda P)^ic_P+(\lambda P)^{k+1}v\}Ukv=maxP​{∑i=0k​(λP)icP​+(λP)k+1v} and the set VB={v∈V:Bv≥0}V_B=\{v\in V:Bv\ge 0\}VB​={v∈V:Bv≥0}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, bound (8)

If v0∈Vv_0\in Vv0​∈V and Bv0≥0Bv_0\ge 0Bv0​≥0, then for every nnn

∥v∗−vn+1∥ ≤ min⁡{λ, λ[1−λk]1−λ ∥Pn−P∗∥+λk+1} ∥vn−v∗∥.(8)\|v^*-v_{n+1}\|\ \le\ \min\Big\{\lambda,\ \frac{\lambda[1-\lambda^k]}{1-\lambda}\,\|P_n-P^*\|+\lambda^{k+1}\Big\}\,\|v_n-v^*\|. \tag{8}∥v∗−vn+1​∥ ≤ min{λ, 1−λλ[1−λk]​∥Pn​−P∗∥+λk+1}∥vn​−v∗∥.(8)

Milestones

  1. The support inequality (7): Bw≥Bv+(λPv−I)(w−v)Bw\ge Bv+(\lambda P_v-I)(w-v)Bw≥Bv+(λPv​−I)(w−v) for all v,w∈Vv,w\in Vv,w∈V.
  2. Lemma 1: UkU^kUk is a contraction with constant λk+1\lambda^{k+1}λk+1.
  3. Lemma 2: UkU^kUk-iteration converges geometrically to the unique fixed point of UkU^kUk, and this fixed point solves Bu=0Bu=0Bu=0.
  4. Lemma 3: Uku≥(I+AkB)vU^ku\ge(I+A^kB)vUku≥(I+AkB)v for u≥vu\ge vu≥v, and (I+AkB)u≥U0v(I+A^kB)u\ge U^0v(I+AkB)u≥U0v if in addition Bu≥0Bu\ge 0Bu≥0.
  5. Lemma 4: VBV_BVB​ is invariant under I+AkBI+A^kBI+AkB.
  6. Theorem 1: from Bv0≥0Bv_0\ge 0Bv0​≥0, {vn}\{v_n\}{vn​} converges monotonically and in norm to v∗v^*v∗.
  7. Corollary 1: (U0)nv0≤vn≤(Uk)nv0(U^0)^nv_0\le v_n\le (U^k)^nv_0(U0)nv0​≤vn​≤(Uk)nv0​.
  8. The two halves of (8): inequality (9), ∥v∗−vn+1∥≤(λ[1−λk]1−λ∥Pn−P∗∥+λk+1)∥v∗−vn∥\|v^*-v_{n+1}\|\le(\tfrac{\lambda[1-\lambda^k]}{1-\lambda}\|P_n-P^*\|+\lambda^{k+1})\|v^*-v_n\|∥v∗−vn+1​∥≤(1−λλ[1−λk]​∥Pn​−P∗∥+λk+1)∥v∗−vn​∥, and ∥v∗−vn+1∥≤λ∥v∗−vn∥\|v^*-v_{n+1}\|\le\lambda\|v^*-v_n\|∥v∗−vn+1​∥≤λ∥v∗−vn​∥.

The mission also contains four further theorems that are not milestones: Corollary 2 (asymptotic rate at most λk+1\lambda^{k+1}λk+1 when ∥Pn−P∗∥→0\|P_n-P^*\|\to 0∥Pn​−P∗∥→0), Proposition 2 (monotonicity in the order kkk), the representation (6) vn+1=Tnk+1vnv_{n+1}=T_n^{k+1}v_nvn+1​=Tnk+1​vn​, and Proposition 1 (policy iteration as Newton's method).

Significance

The result. Bound (8) gives two guarantees. Every order of modified policy iteration converges at least as fast as value iteration, with factor λ\lambdaλ per step. Once the improving policies stabilize near an optimal one, the factor approaches λk+1\lambda^{k+1}λk+1, the factor of k+1k+1k+1 value-iteration steps. This justifies spending kkk cheap evaluation sweeps per policy improvement instead of solving a linear system. It also underlies the analysis of the many later variants: action elimination, asynchronous and approximate versions, and optimistic policy iteration in reinforcement learning.

Formalizing it. The theorems are proved on paper. As far as the platform's library shows, none of them is machine-checked: existing items cover value iteration and exact policy iteration for finite state spaces. This mission formalizes the whole chain on general measurable state spaces with Markov kernels, including the support inequality and the comparison operators UkU^kUk. Corollary 2 is stated as an upper bound only, because the equality printed on the page fails in degenerate runs (see the item's note).

Difficulty

The obvious route to a rate is the contraction argument for value iteration: U0U^0U0 is monotone and a λ\lambdaλ-contraction, so its iterates converge geometrically. For k≥1k\ge1k≥1 that argument does not transfer to the map vn↦vn+APnkBvnv_n\mapsto v_n+A^k_{P_n}Bv_nvn​↦vn​+APn​k​Bvn​. The truncated series is taken for the policy chosen at the current point, so the map changes with vnv_nvn​, and it is not monotone in general. The van der Wal–van Nunen example on p. 1133 of the paper shows that iterates of a higher order need not dominate those of a lower order from the same start. Moreover, without the condition Bv0≥0Bv_0\ge0Bv0​≥0 the iterates need not even increase. A rate for (4) is therefore not a corollary of a fixed-point theorem for a single operator.

Formally, a second layer of difficulty is the setting itself. Everything happens in the space of bounded measurable functions on a general measurable space. So every operator applied to an iterate must be shown to preserve boundedness and measurability, and the maxima over policies are suprema over an arbitrary index set.

Formalization scope

The Lean development (namespace ModPolicyIter.Conv) represents:

  • the policies as an index type ι\iotaι, policy iii being a Markov kernel P i : Kernel S S with a measurable reward c i, ∣ci∣≤M|c_i|\le M∣ci​∣≤M;
  • VVV by the predicate IsBM (measurable and bounded), with supNorm v = ⨆ s, |v s|;
  • PivP_ivPi​v as the Bochner integral against Pi(s,⋅)P_i(s,\cdot)Pi​(s,⋅);
  • BBB and UkU^kUk as pointwise real suprema over ι\iotaι;
  • ∥Pi−Pj∥\|P_i-P_j\|∥Pi​−Pj​∥ as the supremum of ∥(Pi−Pj)x∥\|(P_i-P_j)x\|∥(Pi​−Pj​)x∥ over the unit ball of VVV.

The standing assumptions of §2 are carried by the model fields; items using a maximizer assume either global attainment (MaxAttained) or an explicit maximizing policy. A run of (4) is a sequence of functions paired with a sequence of policies, each policy a maximizer at the current iterate. Only v0∈Vv_0\in Vv0​∈V is assumed; that later iterates lie in VVV is part of the proofs.

Deviations from the page, all disclosed in the items:

  1. Theorem 2 and its companions assume Bv0≥0Bv_0\ge0Bv0​≥0, the hypothesis of Theorem 1, which the proof of Theorem 2 invokes.
  2. Lemmas 1–2 and Corollary 1 assume that UkU^kUk maps VVV into VVV. This is implicit on the page, and for k=0k=0k=0 it follows from attainment. Lemma 1 states this mapping property alongside the contraction inequality.
  3. The paper's P=∏sPs\mathcal P=\prod_s\mathcal P_sP=∏s​Ps​ is generalized to an arbitrary index set.
  4. Corollary 2 is stated as an upper bound.

The goal must not be trivialized by assuming vn≤v∗v_n\le v^*vn​≤v∗, the support inequality, the sandwich of Corollary 1, or anything about UkU^kUk. These are milestones to be proved, and none of them is a hypothesis of the goal.

Reusable infrastructure includes Markov kernels as operators on bounded measurable functions (positivity, ∥P∥≤1\|P\|\le1∥P∥≤1, measurability of PvPvPv), completeness of VVV, and the Banach fixed point theorem on VVV. The first of these serves any discounted dynamic-programming mission on general state spaces. Contributions of any milestone, or of helper lemmas about these operators, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. L. Puterman and M. C. Shin, Modified policy iteration algorithms for discounted Markov decision problems, Management Science 24(11):1127–1137, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.24.11.1127
  • M. L. Puterman and S. L. Brumelle, On the convergence of policy iteration in stationary dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 4(1):60–69, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.1.60
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • J. A. E. E. van Nunen, A set of successive approximation methods for discounted Markovian decision problems, Zeitschrift für Operations Research 20:203–208, 1976.
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions: An Optimal Solution of the Equilibrium LP Yields a Stationary Decision Rule of Least Expected Monthly CostResearch Paper

Motivation

Alan S. Manne's Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions (Management Science 6(3), 1960, pp. 259–267) is the first formulation of an infinite-horizon, average-cost sequential decision problem as a linear program. The illustration is a single-item inventory problem, but the construction, with unknowns indexed by a state and a decision and constraints expressing statistical equilibrium, became the standard state–action frequency linear program of Markov decision processes. Later LP approaches to average-cost Markov decision processes, including constrained ones, build on it.

Timeline of the LP approach to average-cost problems:

  • 1960 — Manne: the inventory model as a linear program in the joint probabilities of (stock level, production quantity); mixed strategies allowed; the decision rule is read off as a conditional probability.
  • 1960 — H. M. Wagner, in a companion note in the same issue, shows that an optimal solution consisting of pure strategies exists.
  • 1962 — C. Derman (Management Science 9(1), 1962) gives the general finite-state, finite-action version, assuming every stationary randomized rule yields an irreducible chain.
  • 1960 — F. d'Epenoux (Revue Française de Recherche Opérationnelle 4, No. 14; English translation 1963) treats the discounted criterion by linear programming, as Manne's closing note records.

Setting

A positive integer TTT bounds inventory accumulation; the stock levels are 0,1,…,T0,1,\dots,T0,1,…,T. At the start of a month the initial stock iii is observed and a production quantity jjj is chosen; the available stock is k=i+jk=i+jk=i+j. The month's demand n∈{0,1,2,… }n\in\{0,1,2,\dots\}n∈{0,1,2,…} is independent of everything else and has law pnp_npn​. Backlogs are excluded, so the terminal stock is t=max⁡(0,k−n)t=\max(0,k-n)t=max(0,k−n), which becomes the next initial stock. A finite set AAA of admissible pairs (i,j)(i,j)(i,j), all with i+j≤Ti+j\le Ti+j≤T and containing (i,0)(i,0)(i,0) for every i≤Ti\le Ti≤T, lists the decisions available at each stock level. Costs are three arbitrary real functions: C1(i)C_1(i)C1​(i) of the initial stock, C2(j)C_2(j)C2​(j) of the production quantity, and C3(n−k)C_3(n-k)C3​(n−k) of the shortage level.

A stationary randomized decision rule q(j∣i)q(j\mid i)q(j∣i) is a conditional probability of producing jjj at stock iii, supported on admissible pairs. It makes the initial stock a Markov chain. A statistical equilibrium of qqq is a stationary distribution y=(y0,…,yT)y=(y_0,\dots,y_T)y=(y0​,…,yT​) of that chain: the law y′y'y′ of the terminal stock equals the law yyy of the initial stock, (2). The expected monthly cost (1) of qqq in the equilibrium yyy is

EC1(i)+EC2(j)+EC3(n−k),\mathcal EC_1(i)+\mathcal EC_2(j)+\mathcal EC_3(n-k),EC1​(i)+EC2​(j)+EC3​(n−k),

the expectation taken under the joint law yi q(j∣i) pny_i\,q(j\mid i)\,p_nyi​q(j∣i)pn​ of (initial stock, production, demand).

The linear program has one unknown xijx_{ij}xij​ per admissible pair, the joint probability of (initial stock iii, production jjj). Its constraints are xij≥0x_{ij}\ge0xij​≥0, (4) ∑i,jxij=1\sum_{i,j}x_{ij}=1∑i,j​xij​=1, and the equilibrium equations

(8.t)∑jxtj=∑i,j,n:i+j−n=tpnxij(t=1,…,T),\text{(8.t)}\qquad \sum_j x_{tj}=\sum_{\substack{i,j,n:\\ i+j-n=t}}p_nx_{ij}\qquad(t=1,\dots,T),(8.t)j∑​xtj​=i,j,n:i+j−n=t​∑​pn​xij​(t=1,…,T),

and its objective (9) is ∑i,jcijxij\sum_{i,j}c_{ij}x_{ij}∑i,j​cij​xij​ with the cost coefficients (10)

cij=C1(i)+C2(j)+∑npnC3(n−i−j).c_{ij}=C_1(i)+C_2(j)+\sum_np_nC_3(n-i-j).cij​=C1​(i)+C2​(j)+n∑​pn​C3​(n−i−j).

The companion equation (8.0) for t=0t=0t=0 has right-hand side ∑i+j−n≤0pnxij\sum_{i+j-n\le0}p_nx_{ij}∑i+j−n≤0​pn​xij​ and is omitted from the constraints. A feasible xxx is decoded into yi=∑jxijy_i=\sum_jx_{ij}yi​=∑j​xij​ and q(j∣i)=xij/yiq(j\mid i)=x_{ij}/y_iq(j∣i)=xij​/yi​.

Formalization targets

The paper labels no theorem or lemma. The goal is assembled from §1 (third paragraph), §3 (N.B.), §4 (last two paragraphs), §5 and §7 (3), and every milestone is cited by section, display, table or footnote.

Goal: an LP optimum gives an optimal stationary rule

Assume ∑npn∣C3(n−i−j)∣<∞\sum_np_n|C_3(n-i-j)|<\infty∑n​pn​∣C3​(n−i−j)∣<∞ for every admissible pair. Then the linear program has an optimal solution, and for every optimal solution x∗x^*x∗, with decoding (q∗,y∗)(q^*,y^*)(q∗,y∗), q∗q^*q∗ is a stationary randomized rule, y∗y^*y∗ is a statistical equilibrium of q∗q^*q∗, and

Cost(q∗,y∗)=∑i,jcijxij∗≤Cost(q,y)\mathrm{Cost}(q^*,y^*)=\sum_{i,j}c_{ij}x^*_{ij}\le \mathrm{Cost}(q,y)Cost(q∗,y∗)=i,j∑​cij​xij∗​≤Cost(q,y)

for every stationary randomized rule qqq and every statistical equilibrium yyy of qqq.

Milestones

  1. (7): under a rule in a distribution yyy, the law of the terminal stock is the right-hand side of (7)/(8) evaluated at xij=yiq(j∣i)x_{ij}=y_iq(j\mid i)xij​=yi​q(j∣i).
  2. (8.0)–(8.T): a rule in statistical equilibrium yields a point satisfying x≥0x\ge0x≥0, (4) and all of (8.0)–(8.T).
  3. (8.0) is redundant: (4) and (8.1)–(8.T) imply (8.0).
  4. §3, N.B.: every feasible xxx equals yiq(j∣i)y_iq(j\mid i)yi​q(j∣i) for its decoding (q,y)(q,y)(q,y), with yyy an equilibrium of qqq.
  5. (10): the expected monthly cost (1) under the joint law xijpnx_{ij}p_nxij​pn​ equals ∑cijxij\sum c_{ij}x_{ij}∑cij​xij​.
  6. Table 1: the cost coefficients of the §6 example (T=3T=3T=3, p=(2/3,0,1/3)p=(2/3,0,1/3)p=(2/3,0,1/3), C1(i)=iC_1(i)=iC1​(i)=i, C2(j)=3jC_2(j)=3jC2​(j)=3j, C3(m)=max⁡[0,6m]C_3(m)=\max[0,6m]C3​(m)=max[0,6m], j∈{0,1}j\in\{0,1\}j∈{0,1}) are 4,5,3,4,2,5,34,5,3,4,2,5,34,5,3,4,2,5,3.
  7. Table 2, footnote 3: x01=1/3x_{01}=1/3x01​=1/3, x11=2/9x_{11}=2/9x11​=2/9, x20=4/9x_{20}=4/9x20​=4/9 is optimal with cost 31/931/931/9; the do-nothing solution costs 444.
  8. Footnote 5: the implicit prices −7/3,−13/3,−11/3-7/3,-13/3,-11/3−7/3,−13/3,−11/3 of (8.1)–(8.3), with 31/931/931/9 on (4), are an optimal dual solution.

Significance

The result turns an infinite-horizon control problem into a finite linear program. Equilibrium joint laws of (state, decision) under stationary randomized rules are exactly the feasible points of a polytope, and the average cost is linear on it. Consequences include computability by the simplex method; an economic reading of the dual variables (Manne's footnote 5 interprets them as the relative advantage of starting at a given stock level, related to Bellman's functional equation); and, in later work, the treatment of side constraints, which dynamic programming handles poorly.

The result is classical and proved in the paper (largely by inspection of the definitions). It has not been formalized. The formalization adds three things. First, a precise statement of what is optimized when the chain of a rule is not irreducible: the paper's §7 (3) concedes that a "decomposable" optimum makes the equilibrium depend on initial conditions, and the goal resolves this by optimizing over (rule, equilibrium) pairs. Second, an explicit treatment of the stock levels the equilibrium never visits, where the paper's quotient xij/∑jxijx_{ij}/\sum_jx_{ij}xij​/∑j​xij​ is undefined. Third, a machine-checked numerical example whose LP is derived from the general definitions, not entered by hand. Derman's later irreducible-case version exists on the platform as a separate open statement; this mission covers Manne's irreducibility-free version on state-dependent action sets.

Difficulty

Each step is elementary; the work is bookkeeping across three descriptions of the same object. The equilibrium is defined through the transition kernel of the controlled chain, the LP through the displayed sums over (i,j,n)(i,j,n)(i,j,n) with conditions i+j−n≤0i+j-n\le0i+j−n≤0 and i+j−n=ti+j-n=ti+j−n=t, and the cost through the joint law of three variables. Identifying them needs a reindexing of the admissible pairs by stock level, the interchange of a finite sum with an infinite sum over demands, and ∑npn=1\sum_np_n=1∑n​pn​=1. The naive argument "the LP constraints are the equilibrium equations, so the LP optimum is the optimal rule" skips two points. The constraints omit (8.0), so equilibrium at stock level 000 must be recovered from (4) and the bound i+j≤Ti+j\le Ti+j≤T. And the decoding fails at unvisited stock levels unless a default action is supplied. Existence of an LP optimum requires compactness of the feasible polytope, not just its nonemptiness.

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace ManneLP.Equilibrium. Conventions:

  • Stock levels and production quantities are natural numbers; a model carries T>0T>0T>0, the admissible set AAA (a Finset (ℕ × ℕ) with i+j≤Ti+j\le Ti+j≤T and every (i,0)∈A(i,0)\in A(i,0)∈A), a demand law p:N→Rp:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rp:N→R with pn≥0p_n\ge0pn​≥0 and HasSum p 1, and costs C1,C2:N→RC_1,C_2:\mathbb N\to\mathbb RC1​,C2​:N→R, C3:Z→RC_3:\mathbb Z\to\mathbb RC3​:Z→R. The shortage level n−i−jn-i-jn−i−j is an integer; no convexity, sign or monotonicity of the costs is assumed.
  • The admissible set is a parameter: §6 imposes a capacity limit j≤1j\le1j≤1. Reading of the page: i+j≤Ti+j\le Ti+j≤T is how §2's requirement max⁡(0,k−n)≤T\max(0,k-n)\le Tmax(0,k−n)≤T holds whatever the demand; (i,0)∈A(i,0)\in A(i,0)∈A (producing nothing is possible) is implicit in §2.
  • The terminal stock is computed by truncated subtraction in N\mathbb NN, which equals max⁡(0,k−n)\max(0,k-n)max(0,k−n). Sums over demands are tsums; the demand is not assumed bounded. The goal and the cost identity assume the expected shortage cost at each admissible pair is finite (absolutely summable), which the page takes for granted.
  • A statistical equilibrium is a stationary distribution of the chain of the rule, defined from the transition probabilities, not from (8). The expected monthly cost is defined from the joint law of (stock, production, demand), not as ∑cijxij\sum c_{ij}x_{ij}∑cij​xij​. The LP constraint set omits (8.0), exactly as the page does.
  • The decoded rule uses the default action j=0j=0j=0 at stock levels with ∑jxij=0\sum_jx_{ij}=0∑j​xij​=0; any admissible default would do.
  • Table 2's x30=εx_{30}=\varepsilonx30​=ε is the paper's device against degeneracy; the example's solution has x30=0x_{30}=0x30​=0. Footnote 5 prints no price for (4); 31/931/931/9 is the price forced by equal objectives, and the dual optimum is not claimed unique.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: equilibrium is not defined as (8) (which would make milestone 2 vacuous), (8.0) is not a constraint (which would make milestone 3 vacuous), the cost is not defined as ∑cijxij\sum c_{ij}x_{ij}∑cij​xij​ (which would make milestone 5 and the goal's cost clause definitional), and the optimality comparison ranges over all rules and all of their equilibria, not over irreducible chains or pure rules.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones and the goal; computations of the §6 example from the general definitions; reusable lemmas on stationary distributions of finite stochastic matrices and on the existence of LP optima over compact polytopes.

Selected references

  • A. S. Manne, Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions, Management Science 6(3), 259–267, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.3.259
  • H. M. Wagner, On the Optimality of Pure Strategies, Management Science 6(3), 268–269, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.3.268
  • C. Derman, On Sequential Decisions and Markov Chains, Management Science 9(1), 16–24, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.1.16
  • F. d'Epenoux, A Probabilistic Production and Inventory Problem, Management Science 10(1), 98–108, 1963 (translation of the 1960 French paper). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.98
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Send-and-Split Method for Minimum-Concave-Cost Network Flows II: Subproblem Minimum Costs Are the Greatest Solution of the Send-and-Split Equations, Unique if Circulations Cost Positively (Theorem 2)Research Paper

Motivation

Many network-design and production-planning problems ask for a cheapest way to route a commodity from supply points to demand points when the cost of an arc grows less than proportionally with the amount sent: setup charges, economies of scale, and fixed-plus-linear costs all give concave arc costs. Minimizing a concave function over the flow polytope is NP-hard in general, and the classical linear-cost machinery (potentials, negative-cycle tests) no longer applies. Erickson, Monma and Veinott (Math. Oper. Res. 12 (1987)) gave the send-and-split method, a dynamic program over subsets of the demand nodes that solves the uncapacitated problem in time polynomial in the number of nodes and arcs and exponential only in the number of demand nodes. It contains as special cases the Dreyfus–Wagner recursion for Steiner trees in graphs (Networks 1 (1971)), and the paper applies it to concave-cost production, inventory and network-design problems (§6).

Timeline. Zangwill (1968) solved minimum-concave-cost flows on special networks by dynamic programming. Dreyfus and Wagner (1971) gave the subset recursion for Steiner trees with positive arc lengths. Erickson, Monma and Veinott (1987) extended the subset recursion to arbitrary uncapacitated networks with additive concave arc costs and arbitrary real demands, proved that the minimum costs of the subproblems form the greatest solution of the resulting equations (Theorem 2), and showed it is the only solution when every simple circulation has positive cost.

Setting

A network consists of a directed graph G=(N,A)G = (N, A)G=(N,A) with nodes N={0,…,n−1}N = \{0, \dots, n-1\}N={0,…,n−1} and arcs AAA, ordered pairs of distinct nodes, together with a real demand vector r=(ri)r = (r_i)r=(ri​). A preflow is a nonnegative matrix x=(xij)x = (x_{ij})x=(xij​) supported on AAA; a flow for rrr is a preflow with inflow minus outflow equal to rir_iri​ at every node. Each arc has a cost function cijc_{ij}cij​, concave on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞) with cij(0)=0c_{ij}(0) = 0cij​(0)=0, and the cost of a preflow is c(x)=∑(i,j)∈Acij(xij)c(x) = \sum_{(i,j)\in A} c_{ij}(x_{ij})c(x)=∑(i,j)∈A​cij​(xij​). A minimum-cost flow is a flow whose cost is at most that of every flow. A simple circulation is a circulation equal to some θ>0\theta > 0θ>0 on the arcs of a simple directed circuit and 000 elsewhere.

The demand nodes are D={i:ri≠0}D = \{ i : r_i \neq 0 \}D={i:ri​=0}. For ∅⊂I⊆D\emptyset \subset I \subseteq D∅⊂I⊆D let rI=∑j∈Irjr_I = \sum_{j \in I} r_jrI​=∑j∈I​rj​. The subproblem i→Ii \to Ii→I keeps the demands of the nodes in III, sets all others to zero, and subtracts rIr_IrI​ at node iii; CiIC_{iI}CiI​ is its minimum cost, +∞+\infty+∞ when it has no flow. Let AI=AA_I = AAI​=A if rI>0r_I > 0rI​>0 and the reversed arcs if rI<0r_I < 0rI​<0, with sending cost cij(rI)c_{ij}(r_I)cij​(rI​), read as cji(−rI)c_{ji}(-r_I)cji​(−rI​) when rI<0r_I < 0rI​<0. The send-and-split equations for an array C′C'C′ are

CiI′=Cj,I∖{j}′ (j∈I)if rI=0,(1)C'_{iI} = C'_{j, I\setminus\{j\}} \ (j \in I) \quad \text{if } r_I = 0, \qquad (1)CiI′​=Cj,I∖{j}′​ (j∈I)if rI​=0,(1) CiI′=min⁡(i,j)∈AI[cij(rI)+CjI′]∧BiI′if rI≠0,(2)C'_{iI} = \min_{(i,j)\in A_I} \bigl[ c_{ij}(r_I) + C'_{jI} \bigr] \wedge B'_{iI} \quad \text{if } r_I \neq 0, \qquad (2)CiI′​=(i,j)∈AI​min​[cij​(rI​)+CjI′​]∧BiI′​if rI​=0,(2)

with BiI′=min⁡∅⊂J⊂I[CiJ′+Ci,I∖J′]B'_{iI} = \min_{\emptyset\subset J\subset I} [C'_{iJ} + C'_{i,I\setminus J}]BiI′​=min∅⊂J⊂I​[CiJ′​+Ci,I∖J′​] for ∣I∣>1|I| > 1∣I∣>1, and BiI′=0B'_{iI} = 0BiI′​=0 if I={i}I = \{i\}I={i}, +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise, for ∣I∣=1|I| = 1∣I∣=1 (3).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (Dynamic-Programming Equations)

If there is a minimum-cost flow for rrr, then

C solves (1)–(3),CjI′≤CjI  for every +∞-or-real solution C′,C \text{ solves (1)–(3)}, \qquad C'_{jI} \le C_{jI} \ \text{ for every } +\infty\text{-or-real solution } C',C solves (1)–(3),CjI′​≤CjI​  for every +∞-or-real solution C′,

for all j∈Nj \in Nj∈N and ∅⊂I⊆D\emptyset \subset I \subseteq D∅⊂I⊆D. If moreover every simple circulation has positive cost, then every +∞+\infty+∞-or-real solution equals CCC.

Milestones

In attack order: the subproblem alternative (a minimum-cost flow or no flow, p. 640); equation (1); inequalities (4), (5), (6) (p. 641); CiI=BiIC_{iI} = B_{iI}CiI​=BiI​ for i∈Ii \in Ii∈I (p. 641); CCC satisfies (1) and (2) (p. 642); and two generic statements about Bellman's equations (2)′ for minimum-cost chains in a graph with nonnegative, respectively positive, simple circuits: the minimum chain costs form the greatest solution and are nondecreasing in the arc costs, and with positive circuits the solution is unique (p. 642).

Significance

Theorem 2 is the correctness theorem of the send-and-split method: it says that solving equations (1)–(3) by increasing ∣I∣|I|∣I∣, with a shortest-chain computation for each III, yields the true subproblem minimum costs, in particular the optimum CiDC_{iD}CiD​ of the original problem. Its uniqueness clause identifies when the equations alone determine the answer, and the counterexample on p. 641 (zero costs on a strongly connected graph) shows that the positivity hypothesis cannot simply be dropped. The same structure underlies the Steiner-tree recursion.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is formalized. This mission supplies Lean definitions of uncapacitated concave-cost flows with extended-real minimum costs and the send-and-split equations, and poses the correctness theorem as a proof goal. The two Bellman milestones are general facts about minimum-cost chains with +∞+\infty+∞-or-real values and are reusable well beyond this paper. Related items on the platform are credited, not reused: the Dreyfus–Wagner Steiner recursion DreyfusWagner.Steiner.steinerLength_recurrence and DreyfusWagner.Steiner.optimal_decomposition (the special case of undirected positive lengths), and BellmanRouting.PolicySpace.routing_equation_unique (uniqueness of the routing equation on a complete graph with positive real times).

Difficulty

The equations (2) mix two minima: sending the whole demand rIr_IrI​ across one arc, and splitting III at the current node. Showing that CCC satisfies them requires that some optimal flow of every subproblem has a tree-like structure, which in turn rests on the existence theory for concave-cost flows (an optimum is attained at an extreme flow whose support is a forest). Showing that CCC is the greatest solution requires an induction on ∣I∣|I|∣I∣ in which, for fixed III, equation (2) is a shortest-chain system whose arc costs to an auxiliary node depend on the solution at smaller sets; comparison then needs monotonicity of minimum chain costs in the arc costs, including arcs whose cost drops from +∞+\infty+∞. The naive attempt to prove uniqueness by iterating (2) fails without the positivity hypothesis, because zero-cost circuits admit spurious solutions.

Formalization scope

Nodes are Fin n; arcs are a Finset (Fin n × Fin n) with no loops; arc costs are functions R→R\mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}R→R assumed concave on Set.Ici 0 with cij(0)=0c_{ij}(0) = 0cij​(0)=0 at arcs (the paper's standing assumption, stated as a hypothesis). Minimum costs, sending costs, splitting terms and solutions take values in EReal; the empty infimum is +∞+\infty+∞, as on the page.

Explicit readings of the paper's phrases:

  • "there is a minimum-cost flow" means a flow for rrr whose cost is at most that of every flow for rrr;
  • "+∞+\infty+∞ or real-valued" means ≠−∞\neq -\infty=−∞, required on every ∅⊂I⊆D\emptyset \subset I \subseteq D∅⊂I⊆D;
  • "greatest solution" is two claims: CCC is a solution, and every solution is ≤C\le C≤C entrywise;
  • "each simple circulation has positive cost" quantifies over every simple circuit and every θ>0\theta > 0θ>0;
  • "CiIC_{iI}CiI​ is finite" is rendered as CiI=c(x)C_{iI} = c(x)CiI​=c(x) for a minimum-cost flow xxx of the subproblem;
  • "minimum-cost chain" is the infimum of walk costs, attained or +∞+\infty+∞; arc costs of +∞+\infty+∞ in (2)′ are missing arcs.

The definition of CiIC_{iI}CiI​ is the infimum over flows, never the equations themselves; a formalization defining CCC by (1)–(3), or omitting the ≠−∞\neq -\infty=−∞ condition on solutions, or dropping the clause that CCC is itself a solution, would make the theorem trivial or false and is ruled out. Arrays are compared only on admissible sets. The graph structure of (2)′ is the platform definition BertsekasSPGraph. Running-time bounds, the planar refinements of §4 (Theorem 3) and the capacitated reduction of §5 are out of scope. Proofs of any milestone, and a formalization of the paper's Theorem 1 that the proofs rely on, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. E. Erickson, C. L. Monma, A. F. Veinott, Jr., Send-and-Split Method for Minimum-Concave-Cost Network Flows, Mathematics of Operations Research 12(4), 1987, 634–664. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.12.4.634
  • S. E. Dreyfus, R. A. Wagner, The Steiner Problem in Graphs, Networks 1(3), 1971, 195–207. https://doi.org/10.1002/net.3230010302
  • R. Bellman, On a Routing Problem, Quarterly of Applied Mathematics 16(1), 1958, 87–90. https://doi.org/10.1090/qam/102435
  • W. M. Hirsch, A. J. Hoffman, Extreme Varieties, Concave Functions, and the Fixed Charge Problem, Communications on Pure and Applied Mathematics 14(3), 1961, 355–369. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.3160140312
  • W. I. Zangwill, Minimum Concave Cost Flows in Certain Networks, Management Science 14(7), 1968, 429–450. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.14.7.429
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 2 of 12Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me